e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
     þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended May 29, 2009
OR
     o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number: 0-12867
 
3COM CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  94-2605794
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
350 Campus Drive
Marlborough, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)
  01752
(Zip Code)
(508) 323-1000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
  The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
  The NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of November 28, 2008, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $769,466,763 based on the closing sale price as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
     
Class
 
Outstanding at July 10, 2009
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
  391,069,877 shares
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
     
Document
 
Parts Into Which Incorporated
 
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held September 23, 2009 (Proxy Statement)   Part III, to the extent stated herein
 


 

 
3Com Corporation
Form 10-K Annual Report
For the Fiscal Year Ended May 29, 2009
 
Table of Contents
 
                 
        Page
 
      Business     3  
      Risk Factors     15  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     27  
      Properties     27  
      Legal Proceedings     27  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     28  
 
PART II
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     28  
      Selected Financial Data     29  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation     31  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     54  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     56  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     96  
      Controls and Procedures     96  
      Other Information     99  
 
PART III
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     99  
      Executive Compensation     99  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     99  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     100  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     100  
 
PART IV
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     100  
    100  
    106  
Financial Statement Schedules
    107  
 Ex-21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 Ex-23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 Ex-31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer
 Ex-31.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer
 Ex-32.1 Section 906 Certification of CEO and CFO


1


Table of Contents

We use a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest to May 31, with each fiscal quarter ending on the Friday generally nearest August 31, November 30 and February 28. For presentation purposes, the periods are shown as ending on August 31, November 30, February 28 and May 31, as applicable.
 
Our China-based networking equipment business, H3C, follows a calendar year basis of reporting and therefore results are consolidated on a two-month time lag.
 
3Com, the 3Com logo, H3C, Digital Vaccine, NBX, OfficeConnect, Comware, IRF, TippingPoint, TippingPoint Technologies and VCX are registered trademarks or trademark of 3Com Corporation or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Other product and brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding the following aspects of our business: global economic slowdown and effects and strategy; core business strategy to leverage China and emphasize larger enterprise business; China-based sales region strategy, growth, dependence, expected benefits, tax rate, sales from China, expected decline in sales to Huawei and resources needed to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley and manage operations; impact of recent accounting regulations; expected annual amortization expense; environment for enterprise networking equipment; challenges relating to sales growth; trends and goals for segments and regions; pursuit of termination fee; supply of components; research and development focus; execution of our strategy; strategic product and technology development plans; goal of sustaining profitability; short-term management of cash during economic slowdown; intercompany dividends from China; ability to satisfy cash requirements for at least the next twelve months; stock repurchase program; restructuring activities and expected charges to be incurred; expected cost savings from restructuring activities and integration; potential acquisitions and strategic relationships; future contractual obligations; recovery of deferred tax assets and balance of unrecognized tax benefits; reserves; market risk; outsourcing; competition and pricing pressures; expectation regarding base interest rates; impact of foreign currency fluctuations; belief regarding meritorious defenses to litigation claims and effects of litigation; and you can identify these and other forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “can,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “intends,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to any forward-looking statements.
 
Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under Part I Item 1A Risk Factors. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on our assessment of information available to us at the time this report is filed. We do not intend, and disclaim any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements.
 
In this Form 10-K we refer to the People’s Republic of China as China or the PRC.


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
3Com Corporation (3Com or the Company) is a global enterprise networking solutions provider. 3Com has three global product and solutions brands — H3C, 3Com, and TippingPoint — that offer high-performance networking and security solutions to enterprises large and small. The H3C® enterprise networking portfolio— one of the leading enterprise networking equipment brands in China — includes products that span from the data center to the edge of the network and is targeted at large enterprises. The 3Com® family of products offers a strong price/performance value proposition for the small and medium-size businesses. Our security brand, TippingPoint®, features network-based intrusion prevention systems (IPS) and network access control (NAC) solutions that deliver in-depth, no-compromise application, infrastructure and performance protection.
 
We are implementing a “China Out” business strategy designed to bring the H3C product portfolio to the global marketplace. This strategy is designed to leverage a strong local “home market” position built on the design, manufacture and sales of large-scale, high-volume deployments in China. 3Com, through our H3C brand, is now one of the leaders in the enterprise networking market in China.
 
3Com has been a major contributor to the development of enterprise networking since the invention of Ethernet in the 1970s by 3Com’s founder, Bob Metcalfe. Based in Massachusetts, U.S.A., 3Com prides itself on its continuing commitment to innovation that improves the security, ease-of-use and performance of networks around the world. The Company leverages more than 2,400 world-class engineers to develop industry-leading networking solutions. 3Com has more than 1,400 U.S. and over 400 Chinese-issued patents, more than 1,300 pending Chinese applications as well as pending applications for 56 separate inventions outside of China that cover a wide range of networking technologies.
 
Our portfolio of products and services enable customers to deploy and manage business-critical data, voice, video and other advanced networking technologies in a secure, scalable, reliable and efficient network environment. Since the company’s inception, 3Com has consistently offered customer-driven technology solutions that help enterprises optimize their budgets and resources, increase productivity, and realize their business goals. 3Com designs its solutions to offer customers a unique value proposition: lower total cost of ownership (TCO) and expert, responsive service. Our data center-to-edge enterprise networking solutions offer a common operating system to streamline system management, and are based on open standards to enable the use of best-of-breed applications from other vendors. We believe we offer a broad, fresh portfolio of products and solutions that disrupt the industry status quo and deliver true “no-compromise” networking.
 
As disclosed above, 3Com Corporation currently maintains three principal brands — H3C for large enterprise networking customers, 3Com for small and medium-size businesses and TippingPoint for security solutions. We manage our networking equipment business based on geographic regions as follows: our China-based sales region (which includes China, Hong Kong and Japan) and our Rest of World sales region (which covers all other geographies). We also maintain TippingPoint as a separate segment. Our China-based sales region is primarily comprised of our H3C subsidiary based in Hangzhou, China, and maintains a calendar fiscal year which results in a two-month lag in reporting its results within 3Com’s consolidated results.
 
3Com was incorporated in California on June 4, 1979, and reincorporated in Delaware on June 12, 1997. Our corporate headquarters are currently located in Marlborough, Massachusetts. We have offices and sales capabilities in 35 countries and 60 locations worldwide. Our Web address is www.3Com.com. Available on our Web site, free of charge, are our SEC filings (including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, proxy statements on Schedule 14A, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, Section 16 filings on Forms 3, 4 and 5, and any amendments to those reports) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file with or furnish such material to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The information contained on our Web site is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Furthermore, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C., 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can


3


Table of Contents

be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.
 
MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS
 
3Com designs cost-effective, no-compromise networking solutions that deliver superior performance for enterprises around the world. H3C, TippingPoint and 3Com products and services help organizations realize their potential and prepare for the future. Our product and solutions portfolios address the needs of enterprises of all sizes in a number of vertical industries, including education, finance, government, health care, insurance and manufacturing. These product portfolios will continue to evolve around our goal of offering flexible, scalable, standards-based wired or wireless data/voice networks that deliver secure “anywhere, anytime” access.
 
Our products are built around the awareness that CIOs and IT departments are constantly under pressure to optimize the return on investment (ROI) from their data infrastructure purchases. We believe we deliver high-quality, high-performance converged networking solutions that provide exceptional business value and help customers address the following fundamental challenges:
 
  •  Performance — Bandwidth demands have increased along with the number of users and applications — IP telephony, videoconferencing, streaming multimedia and others — on enterprise networks, yet performance requirements never abate. 3Com routers, switches and security devices provide robust throughput and traffic optimization applications to ensure high-quality networking even in the most challenging enterprise network environments.
 
  •  Cost effectiveness — Today’s enterprise customers are seeking cost-effective solutions that optimize the value of their network infrastructure investment. 3Com products are designed to be cost-effective, competitively priced and energy efficient. 3Com’s single-pane, intuitive network management platform minimizes time spent training IT staff and network administrators, helping to further reduce overall TCO.
 
  •  Security — Today’s enterprises need to protect themselves from a constantly evolving spectrum of internal and external threats to ensure the safety of their mission-critical information. 3Com’s pervasive network solutions provide granular oversight, control access, quarantine malicious programs and files, and restore data.
 
We believe that open standards-based technology delivers the best value to our customers by providing them with the widest selection of the most recently developed enterprise network applications. Our standards-based technology works in tandem with other industry leaders to deliver the best solutions to address constantly evolving business needs, delivering the flexibility our customers require to adopt the best-in-class applications that address their specific business requirements. This interoperability ensures the longevity of an enterprise’s network and its ability to evolve with the organization.
 
Our products are sold on a worldwide basis through a combination of value added resellers, systems integrators, distributors and direct-touch sales representatives. We have invested in a global network of sales, implementation and support teams to support customers around the world, and have five directly operated global enterprise support centers staffed by employees to service our customers in 13 different languages.
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
3Com’s product strategy involves delivering differentiation in all three critical buying criteria categories: cost, service and technology. By applying our unique business and services model, 3Com designs its solutions to provide a low total cost of ownership, through solutions that are less expensive to acquire, power and operationally manage. 3Com also seeks to provide a new level of customer intimacy through a direct-touch customer relationship model and H3C-branded invitation-only reseller program that treats each enterprise client with a personal touch and a focus on solutions versus commodity delivery. Finally, 3Com has built a modern and innovative solutions architecture that helps companies succeed today and prepare for tomorrow through key design decisions, such as the use of merchant silicon chipsets, advanced, “single-pane” automated management, a standards-based architecture and a proactive, preventive approach to security.


4


Table of Contents

For extensibility, we have implemented a service-blade architecture based on our Open Systems Networking (OSN) capability. This enables us to easily extend the capabilities of our core switching and routing products through a 100 percent compatible, slide-in approach.
 
The H3C Portfolio for Large Enterprises
 
H3C networking products address the needs of the global large enterprise market and these products can generally be classified in the following categories:
 
  •  Networking — LAN Switches, Router and Network Management Software;
 
  •  Security — Firewalls;
 
  •  Emerging Technology — IP Storage and IP Video Surveillance; and
 
  •  Services.
 
H3C Local Area Network, or LAN, Switches
 
Switches are multi-port devices, located in the network data center/core and at the network edge, that join multiple computers and peripheral devices and serve as the foundation for transporting data, voice and video over a network. We offer a number of fixed-configuration and modular chassis switches that we believe provides the performance and flexibility required by our customers.
 
Optimizing application delivery, enhancing employee productivity and ensuring business continuity are just a few of the benefits H3C switches deliver. H3C’s Comware® Operating System — found in all H3C enterprise solutions — provides a common platform to expedite network deployment and streamline staff training and system management. Available Intelligent Resilient Framework (IRF®) technology enables interconnected switches to act as a virtual chassis, which increases overall network resiliency, availability and performance.
 
Our data center-to-edge switching portfolio provides a foundation that delivers rich functionality to ensure an “always-on” network experience for end users. These products represent a broad offering, including full-featured modular, stackable and stand-alone switches ranging from 10 Megabits per second (Mbps) to multi-Terabit per second performance. Our switches are available as managed units — which are typically found in enterprise environments — and unmanaged, stand-alone units — typically used by small and medium-size organizations. Our enterprise-class switches all support the Comware Operating System, Network Access Control, or NAC, and a Web-based, graphical user interface that reduce management complexity and expedite staff training. This also enables customers to readily upgrade their networks as their business requirements grow. Our switches are built to support the convergence of data, voice and video, and include robust security features to safeguard mission-critical information. Our principal switch products are as follows:
 
  •  Data Center/Core Routing Switches.  The H3C S12500 and S9500 Series 10-gigabit multi-service core routing switches represent the next generation of high-performance switching. They are designed to fully satisfy the requirements of end users seeking high capability, high reliability and multiple services. These models are extensively deployed at the core layer of E-government networks, campus networks, education networks and other enterprise networks and core layer or aggregation layer of carriers’ IP Metro Area Networks (MAN).
 
  •  Multi-Service Switches.  The S7500E and S7500 Series high-end multi-service switch lines feature high performance, high port density and high flexibility. They can be deployed in the core layer of enterprise networks, campus networks and education MANs, in the convergence layer of carriers’ IP MANs, and in the access layer of data centers.
 
  •  Flex-chassis switches.  The S5820X and S5800 Series flex-chassis switches combine the resilient architecture and flexibility of a chassis in a compact, fixed platform. They feature high density, 10-gigabit line-rate performance and the ability to integrate applications into the network to help reduce total cost of ownership and enhance network performance. These switches are generally used in the


5


Table of Contents

  core or edge layer of enterprise networks, campus networks and MANs. The S5820X can also be deployed as a top-of-rack solution in the data center.
 
  •  Layer 3 Gigabit Stackable Switches.  The S5500 and S5600 Series provide robust security, carrier-class reliability and excellent multi-service support capability, providing the features desired for the convergence layer of large enterprise networks or campus networks, the core layer of medium-size and small enterprise networks, and the edge layer of MANs.
 
  •  Layer 2 and Layer 3 Intelligent and Resilient Switches.  Layer 2 switches offer wire-speed Gigabit Ethernet connectivity that provides high capacity with a full range of features. Our Layer 3 switches represent the next generation of desktop switches, helping customers implement a Gigabit Ethernet core network or aggregation layer with high availability as well as scalability.
 
H3C Routers
 
Our routers, in combination with our other networking infrastructure products, provide a means of transporting converged data and voice traffic across an Internet Protocol wide area network, or IP WAN, while preserving the quality of service (QoS) required for mission-critical applications.
 
Our H3C portfolio includes router products from carrier-class core routers to modular routers to small business access routers designed to scale as these organizations grow. H3C router products are classified as SR, MSR and AR Series Routers. All SR Series routers are IPv6-ready and include carrier-class availability with redundancy in all key modules. MSR Series routers are oriented to support multiple-service applications, delivering wire speed and concurrent services of data, voice and video. The AR Series routers are easy to manage, offer VPN functionality and support multiple security products.
 
  •  SR Series Routers.  The SR family consists of core routers ranging from products that support a super-large capacity network core, such as national backbone networks, provincial or state backbone networks and other super-large networks (including those serving at the backbone network edge and MAN core), to those working at the core networks of industries and enterprises.
 
  •  Intelligent Multi-Service Enterprise Core Routers.  The MSR Series routers support multiple services, integrating data, voice and video in one device. MSR Series routers utilize an optimized hardware and software structure to provide embedded security and significant performance while delivering services such as IP telephony, business video, and network analysis, among others.
 
  •  Fixed-Port Branch Routers.  The AR Series access routers are fixed-port products for small enterprises and branch offices. They provide enhanced security, superior reliability and advanced QoS services.
 
H3C Network and Access Management System
 
H3C’s Web-based Intelligent Management Center (IMC) platform offers enterprises a comprehensive, end-to-end, network management solution that integrates applications, resources and users. Providing an intuitive, single-pane user interface, IMC delivers a suite of scalable tools that simplify network administration and access management on an open-standards technology platform. The unique management platform is based on a Service Oriented Architecture which we believe offers an extensive set of capabilities for managing large heterogeneous networks from the core to the edge.
 
H3C Security
 
H3C security solutions are designed to provide powerful, real-time protection, ensure continuity, lower total cost of ownership and improve network availability and control. We believe our integrated, adaptive, automated and centrally managed solutions defend enterprise networks without compromising performance.
 
As the information backbone of a business, an enterprise network requires high-performing, proven security solutions to protect its mission-critical data. H3C SecPath products are designed to address these needs and we believe provide powerful security defense capabilities, comprehensive virtual private network, or VPN, services and intelligent, dynamic networking features. These flexible appliances integrate denial of service (DoS),


6


Table of Contents

distributed denial of service (DDoS) and application-aware defense-in-depth capabilities with VPN and traffic management functionality, and deliver ample throughput to help maintain robust network performance.
 
H3C Firewalls
 
The H3C SecPath F-Series and SecBlade VPN Firewall are virtualized firewalls that combine state-of-the-art multi-core processors and the full feature set of 3Com’s Comware operating system with rich networking protocol support. We believe these solutions offer ease of integration and are designed to lower total cost of ownership. Both the SecPath F-Series and SecBlade VPN Firewall safeguard enterprise networks and data centers from attacks and misuse, while delivering policy-based multisite connectivity for real-time business-critical applications such as voice over internet protocol, or VoIP, video and collaboration.
 
Emerging Technology
 
H3C IP Storage
 
Currently available in China, our H3C brand is a leading developer of IP storage area network (IP SAN) offerings. IP SAN is a third-generation storage technology, and is based on the most advanced architecture and open standard IP protocol. With the goal of storage virtualization and data management standardization, H3C integrates data management technology and application service technology on standard IP architecture, delivering a unified IP storage architecture.
 
H3C IP Video Surveillance
 
Currently available in China, IP video surveillance enables our customers to leverage existing network installations and cost-effectively deliver video security. The features of our switches, routers and network management — such as Power over Ethernet (PoE) to power video devices, and network management capabilities that control access — are leveraged with surveillance equipment to deliver cost-effective video surveillance solutions. Our H3C business unit sells integrated surveillance offerings to targeted vertical customers focused on integrated security solutions.
 
Services
 
3Com service offerings for our 3Com and H3C solutions cover key aspects of support that customers need to keep their data networking solutions operating effectively, including telephone support, hardware replacement, software updates, dedicated on-site engineers and spare parts. We maintain five directly operated global enterprise support centers offering assistance in 13 languages.
 
The 3Com Portfolio for Small and Medium-Size Businesses
 
Our 3Com-branded solutions provide scalable, feature-rich, high-performance, reliable and secure standards-based networking solutions for our global customer base. 3Com-branded products and services can generally be classified in the following categories:
 
  •  Networking;
 
  •  IP Telephony; and
 
  •  Services.
 
3Com Networking
 
All of our infrastructure platforms are based on open standards, which enable interoperability as well as the ability to integrate emerging technologies and applications. Products include:
 
  •  Ethernet Switching.  We offer a full range of fixed-configuration and modular Ethernet switches that deliver performance and flexibility to the edge and core of IP networks. At the edge, we include enterprise-class offerings such as the 3Com® Switch 5500, Switch 4500 and Switch 4200 families, as


7


Table of Contents

  well as our OfficeConnect® and Baseline series switches targeted at small businesses and branch offices of larger organizations. At the core, we offer fully resilient, high-capacity and feature-rich modular switching products, including our high-density Switch 8800 and our cost-effective Switch 7750 products.
 
  •  Wireless LAN.  We offer wireless networking products and solutions that provide users with secure “anytime, anywhere” network access — whether in a branch office or in the field — to foster employee collaboration and increase productivity. Our wireless portfolio comprises high-performance, standards-based (including 802.11 a/b/g /n wireless standards) wireless solutions, as well as wireless security and policy enforcement offerings.
 
  •  Routers.  We offer routing solutions that bring enterprise-class WAN routing features, redundancy and performance to the regional offices of large enterprise customers and to the headquarters of medium-size businesses. We also offer router products which provide fixed configuration solutions to securely connect small offices and remote offices of large enterprises.
 
  •  Security.  Leveraging the award-winning TippingPoint Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) technology and its DigitalVaccine® service that automatically provides updated attack filters, 3Com has a complete line of unified security platforms that protect small and medium-size enterprises from a myriad of threats.
 
  •  Network Management.  We offer flexible and comprehensive network management application packages for advanced IT environments. Our network management applications help customers manage large and small wired and wireless networks with tools for network monitoring, bandwidth allocation, device control and fast problem resolution.
 
3Com Internet Protocol (IP) Telephony
 
Voice communications are a mission-critical function for global businesses of all types and sizes. IP is ubiquitous today both within an enterprise and outside of it, enabling software applications and computers to communicate in an efficient manner. We offer a broad portfolio of IP telephony products that work together to deliver business-focused applications, including: next-generation dial tone, IP messaging, IP presence, IP conferencing, IP mobility and IP customer contact center services. Our secure, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)-based platforms and applications are designed to meet the performance expectations of today’s business environments: cost-effectiveness, increased user productivity and enhanced customer interactions. Our VoIP products fall within the following categories:
 
  •  IP Telephony Platforms
 
  •  Convergence Application Suite
 
  •  IP Phones
 
3Com Services
 
3Com provides our channel partners and customers a single point of accountability for service performance and quality. Our global service offerings cover key aspects of support that customers need to keep their data networking and voice solutions operating effectively, including telephone support, hardware replacement, software updates, dedicated on-site engineers and spare parts. We also offer high-end professional services and training to provide complete product and service solutions to our customers.
 
To deliver our services, we employ a team of highly skilled and professional in-house services experts and also partner with select third-party service providers; we also offer customers the benefits of virtually integrated services resources. Additionally, we have agreements with local and regional professional services providers to augment our on-site coverage and meet the demand for our services. Our international call centers and thousands of engineers provide around-the-clock support in 13 languages.


8


Table of Contents

TIPPINGPOINT SECURITY PRODUCTS
 
TippingPoint Security
 
We have a comprehensive security portfolio that includes end-to-end solutions for core-to-edge enterprise network protection. Organizations can choose to implement stand-alone or embedded security solutions that offer plug-and-play functionality, are centrally manageable and provide adaptive and dynamic protection.
 
Our security products include the following:
 
  •  Intrusion Prevention Systems;
 
  •  Security Services; and
 
  •  Network Access Control.
 
TippingPoint Intrusion Prevention Systems
 
Our TippingPoint line of intrusion prevention systems (IPSs) is designed to analyze incoming data to prevent viruses and malicious traffic from entering the network. TippingPoint IPSs utilize high-speed network processors that operate at multi-gigabit speeds. This hardware platform is complemented by a robust security-oriented operating system and a suite of vulnerability filters that can be dynamically updated. Our TippingPoint IPS solutions offer bandwidth management, peer-to-peer (P2P) protection and default “recommended settings” that provide strong protection out of the box, yet can be fine-tuned to address an enterprise’s specific security concerns.
 
The TippingPoint IPS offers total packet inspection, reviewing all data processed through it for viruses and other malicious traffic to provide application protection, performance protection and infrastructure protection. Application protection capabilities provide fast, accurate, reliable protection from internal and external attacks. Through its infrastructure protection capabilities, the TippingPoint IPS protects IP telephony infrastructure, routers, switches and other critical infrastructure from targeted attacks and traffic anomalies. Our performance protection capabilities enable customers to throttle non-mission-critical applications that hijack valuable bandwidth and IT resources, thereby aligning network resources and business-critical application performance.
 
The switch-like performance characteristics of the TippingPoint IPS enable it to be placed at the core, in-line at the perimeter, on internal network segments, and at remote site locations with minimal or no adverse network impact. Additionally, our IPS solutions are deployed and managed using a scalable, tiered Security Management System (SMS). Using the SMS, customers implement and manage coherent, enterprise-wide security policies based on rules and thresholds set within the SMS. The SMS offers a rich reporting system that enables the automatic generation and distribution of customized reports on a scheduled basis. Support for multiple user profiles provides groups of users — such as administrators or executives — access to this management system.
 
TippingPoint Security Services
 
We provide a real-time update service, called the Digital Vaccine® service, which automatically and rapidly delivers vulnerability filters against the latest security threats. To facilitate the creation of Digital Vaccine filters, our Threat Management Center monitors and collects security intelligence from customers and security agencies around the world. Based on this intelligence, we perform investigations of new software vulnerabilities and create antidotes that are delivered directly to our products. Additionally, we offer installation, training and high-touch maintenance programs for our IPS equipment. Maintenance programs are offered as a bundled solution with our Digital Vaccine updates.


9


Table of Contents

TippingPoint Network Access Control
 
Our TippingPoint Network Access Control (NAC) Enforcer offering provides NAC features that enable enterprises to enforce device and user policies to ensure endpoint compliance. NAC enables enterprises to verify the identity of users before allowing them to access different levels of the network.
 
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
We use a broad distribution channel to bring our products and solutions to our customers. Our two-tier distribution channel comprises distributors and resellers. As part of our “one company three brand strategy” we also are creating an invitation-only reseller program to support our H3C-branded solutions outside of China.
 
Although a majority of our sales of enterprise networking products is made through our two-tier distribution channel, we also work with global systems integrators, service providers and direct marketers. Additionally, we maintain a direct-touch organization that works in conjunction with our partners.
 
COMPETITION
 
We compete in the networking infrastructure market, providing a broad portfolio of secure, converged voice and data networking products to small, medium, and large enterprises around the world and, through our H3C segment’s OEM sales, carrier customers. The market for our products is competitive, fragmented and rapidly changing. We expect competition to continue to intensify. Many of our competitors are bringing new solutions to market, focusing on specific segments of our target markets and establishing alliances and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) relationships with larger companies, some of which are our partners as well.
 
Cisco Systems, Inc. maintains a significant global leadership position in many of our primary markets. Our other principal competitors in the enterprise networking market include Alcatel Lucent, Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.’s Foundry Networks division, Enterasys Networks, Inc., Extreme Networks, Inc., F5 Networks, Inc., Nortel Networks, Hewlett-Packard Company’s ProCurve division and Juniper Networks, Inc. In addition, H3C also competes in certain regions with competitors such as Allied Telsis, Inc. (formerly Allied Telesyn), Buffalo Inc., Digital China, Hitachi, Huawei, and ZTE Corporation. TippingPoint’s principal competitors are IBM’s Internet Security Systems division, Juniper Networks, Inc., McAfee, Inc., Sourcefire, Inc. and Symantec Corporation. In the small-medium business market, our principal competitors are: D-Link Systems, Inc., Cisco Systems’ Linksys division, and NETGEAR, Inc. Many of our competitors are larger than us and possess greater financial resources.
 
We believe the primary competitive factors in the enterprise networking infrastructure market are:
 
  •  Offer price-performance value to end-users.  We believe that a strong price-performance value proposition, consisting of competitive pricing for robust equipment features and energy-efficient products, may be a material competitive factor for customers, particularly during more challenging economic times.
 
  •  Maintain tier-one capability and presence.  To maintain tier-one capability and presence, a provider must have a comprehensive distribution channel and a strong financial position. In addition, that provider must have a globally recognized and preferred brand and provide strong service and support capabilities.
 
  •  Offer a broad line of innovative products and solutions. A provider must have extensive research and development resources to deliver a broad line of products and solutions and maintain a substantial intellectual property portfolio.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
Our research and development approach is to focus on activities that deliver differentiated products and solutions and drive reductions in product costs. Our current areas of focus include security, convergence of applications over IP, advanced switching, routing, solutions, network security and IP storage and video


10


Table of Contents

surveillance. We are focused on developing solutions for the data center. For activities such as mature technologies or widely available product design components, we work with contract developers and third parties. We believe this two-fold approach increases our ability to bring products to market in a timely and cost-effective manner, ensures that we focus on the products that matter most to our customers, and clearly differentiates the products we offer from those of our competitors.
 
We rely on our China-based engineering talent for new product development of enterprise switches and routers, and on certain third-party developers for small- and medium-size networking offerings. Our TippingPoint segment develops the TippingPoint intrusion prevention systems and Digital Vaccine security products and services in Austin, Texas.
 
Our research and development expenditures were $180.0 million in fiscal 2009, $206.7 million in fiscal 2008, and $215.6 million in fiscal 2007. The majority of the decrease resulted from the migration of the Company’s non-TippingPoint research and development functions to China, resulting in a decrease in headcount of 230 employees from the prior fiscal year as the Company eliminated duplicate testing and other activities.
 
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND PRODUCTS
 
For information regarding customer and product concentration for each of the last three fiscal years, see Note 18 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENT, FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC OPERATIONS AND EXPORT SALES
 
We market our products in all significant global markets, primarily through subsidiaries, sales offices, sales representatives, and relationships with OEMs, value-added resellers, system integrators and distributors with local presence. Segment financial data are set forth in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7, and in Note 18 of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which appears in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009. A significant portion of our revenues is derived from overseas operations. The profitability of our segments is affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies, particularly the Chinese Renminbi. See the Geographic Information portion of Note 19 for further information relating to sales and property and equipment by geographic area and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
Our research and development resources are principally based in China. In addition, our TippingPoint business segment maintains a research and development team in the United States.
 
BACKLOG
 
Our backlog as of May 29, 2009, the last day of our 2009 fiscal year, was approximately $53.9 million (including $42.6 million of China-based sales region backlog as of March 31, 2009), compared with backlog of approximately $71.0 million (including $56.0 million of China-based sales region backlog as of March 31, 2008) as of May 30, 2008, the last day of our 2008 fiscal year. We include in our backlog purchase orders for which a delivery schedule has been specified for product shipment within one year. Generally, orders are placed by our customers on an as-needed basis and may be canceled or rescheduled by the customers without significant penalty to them. Accordingly, backlog as of any particular date is not necessarily indicative of our future sales.
 
SEASONALITY
 
Our China-based sales region generally experiences some seasonal effect on sales, due to the Chinese New Year in its first calendar quarter (which is 3Com’s fourth quarter). Our Rest of World sales region and TippingPoint segment revenues and earnings have not been impacted by seasonality to any significant degree.


11


Table of Contents

MANUFACTURING AND COMPONENTS
 
The majority of our manufacturing is outsourced to contract manufacturers. Manufacturers either procure components and assemble products in quantities based on a forecast provided by us or purchase components and manufacture products only upon receiving purchase orders. The manufacturer tests the products according to our specifications. In our Rest of World sales region, products are shipped directly to our logistics provider. We generally do not own the components and our customers take title to our products upon shipment from the logistics provider or, in certain jurisdictions, upon payment. In certain circumstances, we may be liable for carrying costs and obsolete material charges for excess components purchased based on our forecasts. Our China-based sales region purchases from contract manufacturers based on purchase orders, typically takes title to the product directly from the contract manufacturer, builds an inventory position for forecasted sales and ships to the customer’s designated delivery hub.
 
In addition, our China-based sales region maintains an in-house manufacturing capability, primarily for pilot run, low volume production, as well as special projects. This capability includes a state-of-the-art SMT (surface mount technology) line, assembly and debugging integrated equipment.
 
We determine the components that are incorporated in our products and design the supply chain solution. Although we have contracts with our manufacturers, those contracts set forth a framework within which it may accept purchase orders from us. The contracts do not require them to manufacture our products on a long-term basis.
 
A number of vendors supply standard product integrated circuits and microprocessors for our products. We use other standard parts and components for our products where it is appropriate. Certain key components used in the manufacture of our products are sourced from single or limited sources. Based on current and forecasted demand, our contract manufacturers are expected to have an adequate supply of components required for the production of our products.
 
We believe this approach enables us to reduce fixed costs and to quickly respond to changes in market demand.
 
Our rest of World sales region has contract manufacturing arrangements with several companies, of which Lite-On and Accton Technology Corp. were the two most significant during fiscal 2009. Jabil Circuits and Accton Technology Corp. were the two most significant during fiscal 2008. Our China-based sales region has contract manufacturing arrangements principally with System Integration Electronics (SIE), Flash Electronics and Flextronics.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND RELATED MATTERS
 
Through our research and development activities over many years, we have compiled a substantial portfolio of patents covering a wide variety of networking technologies. This ownership of core networking technologies creates opportunities to leverage our engineering investments and develop more integrated, powerful, and innovative networking solutions for customers.
 
We rely on U.S. and foreign patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets to establish and maintain proprietary rights in our technology and products. We have an active program to file applications for and obtain patents in the U.S. and in selected foreign countries where potential markets for our products exist. Our general policy has been to seek to patent those patentable inventions that we expect to incorporate in our products or that we expect will be valuable otherwise. As of May 29, 2009, our Rest of World sales region had 1,450 issued U.S. patents (including 1,418 utility patents and 32 design patents) and 404 foreign issued patents. As of May 29, 2009, our TippingPoint segment had 10 issued U.S. patents (all of which are utility patents) and 2 issued foreign patents. Numerous patent applications that relate to our research and development activities are currently pending in the U.S. and other countries. We also have patent cross license agreements with other companies. As of March 31, 2009, the date of the H3C subsidiary financial statements we consolidated into our 2009 fiscal year end financial statements, the China-based sales region portfolio included 414 issued Chinese patents, over 1,300 pending Chinese applications, and 56 pending foreign applications.


12


Table of Contents

Our Rest of World sales region has 25 registered trademarks in the U.S. and has a total of 486 registered trademarks in 70 foreign jurisdictions. Our TippingPoint segment has 12 registered trademarks in the U.S. and has a total of 35 registered trademarks in about 10 foreign jurisdictions. Our China-based sales region has 29 registered trademarks in China and has a total of 67 registered trademarks in 24 foreign jurisdictions. Numerous applications for registration of domestic and foreign trademarks are currently pending for our Rest of World sales region, TippingPoint segment and China-based sales region.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
         
    Total
 
Sales and marketing
    1,909  
Customer service and supply chain operations
    987  
Research and development
    2,453  
General and administrative
    519  
         
Total
    5,868  
         
 
Our H3C subsidiary has 4,439 employees, our Rest of World sales regions and our corporate functions have 1,127 employees and our TippingPoint segment has 302 employees.
 
Our employees are not represented by a labor organization and we consider our employee relations to be satisfactory. The non-H3C subsidiary employee data is as of May 29, 2009 and our H3C subsidiary employee data is as of March 31, 2009.
 
Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion of certain restructuring actions affecting employee headcount.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
The following table lists the names, ages and positions held by all executive officers of 3Com as of July 24, 2009, including the principal executive officer (PEO) and principal financial officer (PFO). There are no family relationships between any director (or nominee) or executive officer and any other director (or nominee) or executive officer of 3Com.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
PEO/PFO
           
Robert Y. L. Mao
    65     Chief Executive Officer
Jay Zager
    59     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Other Executives (in alphabetical order)
           
Neal D. Goldman
    58     Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary
Ronald A. Sege
    52     President and Chief Operating Officer
Dr. Shusheng Zheng
    42     Executive Vice President, 3Com and Chief Executive Officer, H3C
 
In addition, the foregoing individuals serve on the Boards of Directors of various subsidiaries of 3Com.
 
Robert Y. L. Mao has been our Chief Executive Officer since April 2008 and a member of our Board of Directors since March 2007. Prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Mao was most recently our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development from August 2006 to March 2007. Mr. Mao has over 30 years of experience in the telecommunications and IT industries. Before joining 3Com, Mr. Mao was President and Chief Executive Officer of Greater China for Nortel Networks from September 1997 to May 2006 and Regional President of Greater China for Alcatel from September 1995 to September 1997. Nortel and Alcatel are global suppliers of communication equipment serving both service provider and enterprise customers. At these positions, Mr. Mao managed operations in the People’s Republic of China, Taiwan, Hong


13


Table of Contents

Kong and Macao. Mr. Mao also held senior managerial and technical positions at Alcatel and ITT in Asia and the U.S. Mr. Mao holds a Master’s degree from Cornell University in Material Science and Metallurgical Engineering and earned a Master’s in Management from MIT. Mr. Mao is the past Vice Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Pacific Telecommunication Council (from 2003 to 2005). Mr. Mao serves on the Board of Hurray! Holding Co., Ltd., a wireless value-added services provider.
 
Jay Zager has been our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since June 2007. Immediately prior to joining 3Com, Mr. Zager was an executive at Gerber Scientific, Inc., a leading international supplier of sophisticated automated manufacturing systems for sign making and specialty graphics, apparel and flexible materials, and ophthalmic lens processing. Mr. Zager joined Gerber in February 2005 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in April 2006, a position he held until he left the company in June 2007. As a member of the senior management team of Gerber, he was responsible for financial reporting, accounting, treasury operations, business planning, corporate development, investor relations, tax/pension administration and information technology. Prior to joining Gerber, Mr. Zager was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Helix Technology Corp., a semiconductor equipment manufacturer, from February 2002 to February 2005. Earlier, from 2000 to 2001, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Inrange Technologies Corp., a storage networking company. Before Inrange, he was with the Compaq/Digital Equipment organization for 14 years, holding a number of senior financial and business management positions including Vice President, Business Development and Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Worldwide Engineering & Research. Mr. Zager received a Master’s degree in Finance and Strategic Planning from the Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Bachelor of Science degree in Operations Research from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 
Neal D. Goldman has been 3Com’s Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary since March 2007, and he served as our Senior Vice President, Management Services, General Counsel and Secretary from September 2003 until March 2007. Prior to joining 3Com, Mr. Goldman worked for Polaroid Corporation from August 1997 to September 2003. From March 2003 to September 2003, he was Executive Vice President, Business Development and Chief Legal Officer of Polaroid and prior to that Mr. Goldman served as Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative and Legal Officer from July 2001 to June 2002. From August 1997 to July 2001, Mr. Goldman held a number of senior management and executive positions at Polaroid, including Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and Deputy General Counsel. Before joining Polaroid, Mr. Goldman served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Nets, Inc. from March 1996 to June 1997. Before joining Nets, Inc., Mr. Goldman held a number of positions with Lotus Development Corporation, including Vice President and General Counsel from November 1995 to February 1996 and Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary from April 1990 to November 1995.
 
Ronald A. Sege has been our President and Chief Operating Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since April 2008. Prior to re-joining 3Com, Mr. Sege served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Tropos Networks, Inc., a provider of wireless broadband networks, from 2004 to 2008. Prior to Tropos, Mr. Sege was President and Chief Executive Officer of Ellacoya Networks, Inc., a provider of broadband service optimization solutions based on deep packet inspection technology, from 2001 to 2004. Prior to Ellacoya, Mr. Sege was Executive Vice President of Lycos, Inc., an internet search engine, from 1998 to 2001. Prior to Lycos, Mr. Sege spent nine years at 3Com Corporation, from 1989 to 1998, serving in a variety of senior management roles including Executive Vice President, Global Systems Business Unit. Mr. Sege holds an MBA from Harvard University and a BA from Pomona College.
 
Dr. Shusheng Zheng has served as our Executive Vice President since May 2008, as the Chief Executive Officer of our H3C subsidiary since July 2009, and as the Chief Operating Officer of H3C from its inception in the fall of 2003 to July 2009. Previously, Dr. Zheng worked at Huawei Technologies, a leading telecommunications equipment provider based in China, from 1993 to 2003. At Huawei, Dr. Zheng held several senior management positions, including manager in the research and development department, Director of Manufacturing and Customer Service, Head of Sales and Marketing for the datacom business, and President of the switching business unit. Dr. Zheng holds a PhD in Telecommunication Science from Zhejiang University in China.


14


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
Risk factors may affect our future business and results. The matters discussed below could cause our future results to differ materially from past results or those described in forward-looking statements and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.
 
Risk Related to Current Severe Global Economic Conditions and Related Credit Crisis
 
Our Operating Results Have Been Adversely Affected by Current Unfavorable Economic and Credit Conditions in Many Regions of the World and We May Continue to Experience These Conditions.
 
The business conditions in which we operate are subject to rapid and unpredictable change due to the global economic crisis. Many of the world’s economies are in turmoil and severe recession. Very tight credit conditions have made it harder for businesses to access needed capital. These factors have contributed to significant slowdowns in the technology industry in general, and in many of the specific markets and geographies in which we operate, resulting in:
 
  •  reduced demand for our products in many regions as a result of constraints on information technology-related capital spending by our customers, particularly in the developed markets in North America and Europe;
 
  •  risk of excess and obsolete inventories;
 
  •  longer sales cycles;
 
  •  delayed and/or cancelled purchases due to factors such as tight credit conditions and unfavorable local currency translation (noting that we denominate sales in USD in most locations outside of China); and
 
  •  risk of longer cash cycles as customers take longer to pay us for products and services and some customers deal with insolvency issues.
 
Our business is heavily dependent on China, a country whose historic strong growth rates have slowed significantly over the last year. In addition, the challenges we have seen in two of our other major regions, North America and Western Europe, continue. The worldwide slowdown is also impacting many countries in other geographies in which we operate, such as Eastern Europe, Asia Pacific (ex-China), the Middle East and Latin America.
 
We cannot predict the duration or severity of the current global economic crisis, and we cannot know the ultimate extent of its impact on our industry. These factors make it more challenging to predict our future performance. If global economic and credit conditions in the major regions in which we operate, particularly in China, persist, spread, or deteriorate further, or if we cannot respond with strategies that maximize our ability to perform in this challenging business environment, we may continue to experience a material and negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Risks Related to Ability to Sustain and Increase Profitability and the Impact of our Secured Indebtedness
 
While we earned a profit in our 2009 fiscal year, we have incurred significant net losses in recent fiscal periods, including $228.8 million for the 2008 fiscal year, and we may not be able to sustain or increase this profitability in the future.
 
While we returned to profitability in our 2009 fiscal year, we have incurred significant net losses for many years prior and cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain or increase our profitability. We face a number of challenges that have affected our operating results during the current and past several fiscal years. Specifically, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, the following:
 
  •  declining sales in certain regions;
 
  •  operating expenses that, as a percentage of sales, have exceeded our desired financial model;


15


Table of Contents

 
  •  significant senior leadership and other management changes;
 
  •  significant non-cash accounting charges;
 
  •  increased sales and marketing expense as part of a strategy to help grow our market share; and
 
  •  disruptions and expenses resulting from our workforce reductions and employee attrition.
 
To sustain and increase our profitability, we must maintain or increase our sales, and if we cannot do that, we may need to further reduce costs. As we have implemented significant cost reduction programs over the last several years, it may be difficult to make significant further cost reductions without in turn impacting our sales. In addition, we may choose to reinvest some or all of any realized cost savings in future growth opportunities. Any of these events or occurrences will likely cause our expense levels to continue to be at levels above our desired model.
 
If we cannot overcome these challenges, reduce our expenses and/or increase our revenue, we may not be able to sustain and increase our profitability.
 
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to grow our business.
 
We now have, and for the foreseeable future will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of May 29, 2009, our total debt balance was $200 million, of which $48 million is classified as a current liability.
 
Our indebtedness could have significant negative consequences to us. For example, it could:
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limit our ability to obtain additional financing;
 
  •  require the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to satisfy debt obligations, reducing the availability of capital to finance operations and growth;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry; and
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors with less debt.
 
Covenants in the agreements governing our senior secured loan materially restrict our H3C subsidiary’s operations based in China, including H3C’s ability to incur debt, pay dividends, make certain investments and payments, make acquisitions of other businesses and encumber or dispose of assets. In addition, in the event H3C’s financial results do not meet our plans, the failure to comply with the financial covenants contained in the loan agreements could lead to a default. An event of default, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us because the lenders will be able to accelerate all outstanding amounts under the loan or foreclose on the collateral (which consists primarily of our H3C business). In addition, if the LIBOR rate increases, our interest obligations, which are based on LIBOR, will increase. Our interest obligations are also dependent on our “leverage ratio,” as defined under the credit agreement; if the ratio increases above specified levels (i.e., because H3C financial results decrease), our interest obligations will increase. Any of these actions could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
 
In recent years, we have generated most of our positive cash flow from operations from our China business, and our operations outside of China have been mostly cash flow negative. The credit agreement limits our ability to dividend cash outside of China (i.e., outside of the H3C group) and requires that a substantial portion of H3C’s cash flow be used to pay down debt obligations. Accordingly, we cannot use cash generated in China to fund our operations outside of China (except under certain conditions we are permitted to dividend outside of China a portion of H3C’s annual excess cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement)). Because available and permitted dividends under the credit agreement are determined by H3C’s consolidated excess cash flow and leverage ratio (as defined under the Credit Agreement), if H3C’s results decrease, the permitted dividends, if any, we can make to our operations outside of China will likely decrease. If we do not generate or maintain appropriate cash on hand on a worldwide basis to finance operations and make investments where needed or desired, our business results and growth objectives may suffer; in particular, our


16


Table of Contents

cash balances outside of China could fall below our desired levels, particularly if we do not meet the conditions necessary to dividend cash up from China.
 
Risks Related to China-based Sales region and Dependence Thereon
 
We are significantly dependent on our China-based segment; if it is not successful we will likely experience a material adverse impact to our business, business prospects and operating results.
 
For the fiscal quarter ended May 29, 2009, our China-based sales region was profitable, accounted for approximately 55 percent of our consolidated revenue and was our only region to generate positive cash flow from operations. Our China-based sales region is subject to specific risks relating to its ability to:
 
  •  maintain a leading position in the networking equipment market in China;
 
  •  develop and execute strategies to operate successfully in the current global economic downturn, which has negatively impacted the Chinese economy;
 
  •  build profitable operations in other emerging markets throughout the world, but particularly in the Asia Pacific region;
 
  •  offer new and innovative products and services to attract and retain a larger customer base;
 
  •  increase awareness of the H3C brand and continue to develop customer loyalty;
 
  •  respond to rapidly changing competitive market conditions;
 
  •  respond to changes in the regulatory environment;
 
  •  manage risks associated with intellectual property rights;
 
  •  maintain effective control of costs and expenses; and
 
  •  attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
 
In China, we face competition from domestic Chinese industry participants, and as a foreign-owned business may not be as successful in selling to Chinese customers, particularly those in the public sector, to the extent that such customers favor Chinese-owned competitors.
 
We expect that a significant portion of our sales will continue to be derived from our China-based sales region for the foreseeable future. As a result, we are subject to economic, political, legal and social developments in China and surrounding areas; we discuss risks related to the PRC in further detail below. In addition, because we already have a significant percentage of the market share in China for enterprise networking products, our opportunities to grow market share in China are more limited than in the past. Our China-based sales region has experienced growth since its inception in part due to the growth in China’s technology industry, which may not be representative of future growth or be sustainable. We cannot assure you that our China-based sales region’s historical financial results are indicative of its future operating results or future financial performance, or that its profitability will be sustained or increased.
 
Given the significance of our China-based sales region to our financial results, if it is not successful, our business will likely be adversely affected.
 
We are dependent on Huawei Technologies, or Huawei, as a significant customer; if, as expected, Huawei significantly reduces its business with us, it will likely materially adversely affect our business results.
 
We historically have and currently derive a material portion of our sales from Huawei, which formerly held a significant investment in our H3C subsidiary. In the three months ended May 29, 2009, which includes results from our China-based sales region’s March 31, 2009 quarter, Huawei accounted for approximately 27 percent of the revenue for our China-based sales region and approximately 15 percent of our consolidated revenue. Huawei’s percentage of our China-based sales region’s revenues has been trending downward from 46 percent during the 3 months ended November 30, 2006, to the current level. We expect Huawei to continue to reduce its business with us and we believe that its purchases in absolute dollars will likely decrease


17


Table of Contents

significantly. Huawei does not have any minimum purchase requirements under our existing OEM agreement, which expires in November 2010. We believe it is likely Huawei will source products from another vendor or internally develop products it currently purchases from us. If any of these events occur, it will likely have an adverse impact on our sales and business performance. In order to minimize any adverse impact on our results from any decreased sales to Huawei, we need to successfully execute on our business strategies including, without limitation, increasing direct touch sales of enterprise-class products inside and outside of China. If we are not successful in these efforts, the risks described above, including adverse impacts to our financial results, may be heightened.
 
Risk Related to Core Business Strategy
 
If we cannot increase our enterprise account business outside of China, leveraging China as our “home market,” we likely will not reach our growth and profitability goals.
 
We strive to be increasingly successful in direct-touch sales for larger enterprise and government accounts in all geographic regions. In China, where we are already an established provider of networking equipment to enterprise-class customers under the H3C brand, we desire to maintain our market share. Our strategy also involves leveraging China as our “home market” for enterprise-class solutions, developing and introducing new products in China and then marketing and selling them to other regions in the global marketplace where we desire to increase our market share.
 
To increase market share outside of China and develop a global enterprise brand we must be increasingly successful in capturing larger enterprise and government opportunities (in addition to our small-and-medium size business). Such efforts will likely require a greater investment in sales and marketing, as well as the provision and maintenance of a global service organization that can respond to these customers. The sales cycle is generally longer for enterprise accounts (possibly yielding uneven and unpredictable revenue from quarter to quarter) when compared to our small-and-medium-size business. We also expect intense competition from larger industry participants, many of whom possess a significantly larger market share and installed base than us. We will also need to be perceived by decision making officers of large enterprises as committed for the long-term to the high-end networking business. We will also need to compete favorably on the offering of features and functionality that these enterprise customers demand; if our competitors are more effective at such efforts, our ability to convert pipeline opportunities into sales will suffer. We seek to develop and expand our global channel for our H3C product portfolio, in particular outside of China. Our push to further expand sales to large enterprises may be disruptive in a variety of ways, including the risk our increased direct-touch sales efforts are perceived by existing channel partners as competitive or viewed by market participants as indicating a diminished focus on the small-and-medium business market. We will need to maintain an infrastructure that permits us to effectively document, process, manage, ship and account for these larger transactions. To gain market share, our new global branding strategy (H3C for enterprise, 3Com for small-and-medium business and TippingPoint for security solutions) must be positively received by our customers, potential customers and channel partners. Finally, our recent increased efforts in marketing, public relations and investor relations involve risks such as management diversion and additional expense, and it is possible these efforts may not prove successful.
 
If we fail to manage a transition outside of China to a business model focused more heavily on enterprise-class business, we will not achieve our business goals and our business results may suffer.
 
Our strategy also involves execution of our integration efforts. Our H3C acquisition significantly increased the size, scope and complexity of 3Com, and we have since taken actions designed to maximize the potential of our integrated company. Overall, we seek to address the different cultures, languages and business processes of the two companies, and to leverage H3C and its brand on a global basis. Integration efforts may include streamlined research and development/engineering functions; coordinated product line management efforts; integrated sales and marketing, general and administrative, IT and supply chain functions; new branding strategies; and continued exploration of further initiatives to reduce expenses and unify the companies. We have also recently announced an effort to more fully integrate our TippingPoint business. If we are not successful in executing the integration strategies we choose to implement, our business may be harmed.


18


Table of Contents

Risk Related to Personnel
 
Our success is dependent on continuing to hire and retain qualified managers and other personnel and reducing senior management turnover; if we are not successful in attracting and retaining key personnel, our business will suffer.
 
Competition for qualified employees is intense. If we fail to attract, hire, or retain qualified personnel, our business will be harmed. We have experienced significant turnover in our senior management team outside of China in the last several years and we may continue to experience change at this level. If we cannot retain qualified senior managers, and provide stability in the senior management team to enable them to work together for an extended period of time, our business may not succeed.
 
The senior management team at our China-based sales segment has been highly effective. We need to continue to incentivize and retain China-based management. We cannot be sure we will be successful in these efforts. If we are not successful, our China-based sales region may suffer, which, in turn, will have a material adverse impact on our consolidated business. Many of these senior managers, and other key China-based employees, originally worked for Huawei prior to the inception of our former joint venture in China. Subject to non-competition agreements with us (if applicable), these employees could return to work for Huawei at any time. Huawei is not subject to any non-solicitation obligations with respect to us. Further, former Huawei employees employed by us may retain financial interests in Huawei.
 
Risks Related to Competition
 
Intense competition in the market for networking solutions and new or developing product markets could prevent us from increasing revenue and profitability.
 
The market for networking solutions is intensely competitive. In particular, Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, maintains a significant leadership position in this market and several of its products compete directly with our products. Cisco’s substantial resources and market leadership have enabled it to compete aggressively. Purchasers of networking solutions may choose Cisco because of its broader product line, larger installed base, substantial services organization and strong reputation in the networking market. In addition, Cisco may have developed, or could in the future develop, new technologies that directly compete with our products or render our products obsolete. We cannot assure you we will be able to compete successfully against Cisco.
 
We also compete with several other significant companies in the networking industry. Some of our current and potential competitors have greater market leverage, longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources, stronger name recognition, broader partnerships with systems integrators and enterprise channel partners and larger installed customer bases. Additionally, we may face competition from new or previously unknown companies that may offer new competitive networking solutions and/or alternative technologies that displace the need for some of our products or services. We also face the possibility that consolidation in our industry could result in two or more of our competitors becoming a single competitor with greater resources, broader sales coverage and superior products.
 
As we focus on new market opportunities — for example, IP storage and IP video surveillance and other advanced technologies and emerging technologies — we will increasingly compete with large telecommunications equipment suppliers as well as startup companies. We cannot assure you we will compete favorably against these competitors for these market opportunities.
 
In order to remain competitive, we must, among other things, invest significant resources in developing new products with superior performance at lower prices than our competitors, enhance our current products and maintain customer satisfaction. If we fail to do so, our products may not compete favorably with those of our competitors and our revenue and profitability could suffer.


19


Table of Contents

Our competition with Huawei in the enterprise networking market could have a material adverse effect on our sales and our results of operations, particularly if Huawei increases its level of competition against us.
 
As Huawei expands its operations, offerings and markets, there could be increasing instances where we compete directly with Huawei in the enterprise networking market. As a significant customer of our China-based segment, Huawei has had, and continues to have, access to H3C products for resale. This access enhances Huawei’s current ability to compete directly with us both in China and in the rest of the world. In addition, Huawei’s obligation not to offer or sell enterprise class, and small-to-medium size business (or SMB), routers and switches that are competitive with H3C products recently expired. Accordingly, we risk increased competition from enterprise products that Huawei internally develops and markets or sources from our equipment manufacturer competitors. Huawei currently sells products purchased from us to carrier customers (who purchase for themselves and their own enterprise customers), and it is possible Huawei will also market and sell more directly to enterprise customers in the future. Moreover, Huawei maintains a strong presence within China and the Asia Pacific region and possesses significant competitive resources, including vast engineering talent and ownership of the assets of Harbour Networks, a China-based competitor that possesses enterprise networking products and technology. We cannot predict the extent to which Huawei will compete with us. If Huawei increases its competition with us, or if we do not compete favorably with Huawei, it is likely that our business results, particularly in the Asia Pacific region and specifically in China, will be materially and negatively affected.
 
Risks Related to Business and Technology Strategy
 
Our industry is characterized by a short product life cycle, and we may not be successful at identifying and responding to new and emerging market, technology and product opportunities, or at responding quickly enough to technologies or markets that are in decline.
 
Our success depends on our ability to:
 
  •  identify new market and product opportunities;
 
  •  predict which technologies and markets will see declining demand;
 
  •  develop and introduce new products and solutions in a timely manner;
 
  •  gain market acceptance of new products and solutions; and
 
  •  rapidly and efficiently transition our customers from older to newer enterprise networking technologies.
 
Accordingly, our business will likely suffer if:
 
  •  there is a delay in introducing new products;
 
  •  we lose key channel partners;
 
  •  our products do not satisfy customers in terms of features, functionality or quality; or
 
  •  our products cost more to produce than we expect.
 
The enterprise networking industry in which we compete is characterized by rapid changes in technology and customer requirements and evolving industry standards. For example, our success depends on the convergence of technologies (such as voice, video and data) and the timely adoption and market acceptance of industry standards. Slow market acceptance of new technologies, products, or industry standards could adversely affect our sales or overall results of operations. In addition, if our technology is not included in an industry standard on a timely basis or if we fail to achieve timely certification of compliance to industry standards for our products, our sales of such products or our overall results of operations could be adversely affected.


20


Table of Contents

We rely on our large research and development base in Beijing, China to develop and design most of our new technologies, products and solutions. These engineers develop products for all of the global markets in which we participate and must design solutions for the developed world as well as for China and other emerging markets. Developed markets may have different products features and customer requirements than emerging markets, and we must timely develop product solutions that satisfy our customers on a worldwide basis. If we are not successful at these efforts, our business will suffer.
 
Risks Related to Operations and Distribution Channels
 
If we are not successful at partnering with system integrators and expanding our base of enterprise channel partners, reaching our growth and profitability goals will be more challenging and we will likely not reach our full potential.
 
A significant portion of enterprise networking business is conducted through and with the assistance of system integrators, or SIs, and enterprise channel partners, including value-added resellers. The industry leaders with whom we compete as a general matter maintain significant relationships with at least one SI and in some cases have stronger enterprise channels. We seek to develop and expand our global channel for our H3C product portfolio, in particular outside of China. If we are not successful at increasing the number of partnerships we maintain with these types of organizations or if the strategic relationships we enter into are not effective or successful, it will be more difficult to reach our goals, and we likely will not reach our full potential to be a leading, truly global enterprise networking company.
 
A significant portion of our sales is derived from a small number of distributors. If any of these channel partners reduces its business with us, our business could be adversely affected.
 
We distribute many of our products through two-tier distribution channels that include distributors and value added resellers, or VARs. In some instances, we also use a system integrator. A significant portion of our sales is concentrated among a few distributors; our two largest distributors accounted for a combined 16 percent of our consolidated revenue for the three months ended May 29, 2009. If either of these distributors reduces its business with us, our sales and overall results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
We work closely with our distributors to monitor channel inventory levels and ensure that appropriate levels of products are available to resellers and end users. We maintain target ranges for channel inventory levels for supply on hand at our distributors. Partners with a below-average inventory level may incur “stock outs” that would adversely impact our sales. Our distribution agreements typically provide that our distributors may cancel their orders on short notice with little or no penalty. If our channel partners reduce their levels of inventory of our products, our sales would be negatively impacted during the period of change.
 
We may be unable to manage our supply chain successfully, which would adversely impact our sales, gross margin and profitability.
 
Our supply chain function involves the management of numerous external suppliers, vendors and contract manufacturers. We source component parts for our products from numerous vendors and outsource principally all of our manufacturing, a significant portion of our logistics and fulfillment functions and a portion of our service and repair functions. If we cannot adequately manage our supply chain, our business results and financial condition will likely suffer. Our ability to manage our supply chain successfully is subject to the following risks, among others:
 
  •  our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products and services;
 
  •  our reliance on, and long-term arrangements with, third-party manufacturers (which places much of the supply chain process out of our direct control, heightens the need for accurate forecasting and reduces our ability to transition quickly to alternative supply chain strategies); and
 
  •  our ability to minimize disruptions to our logistics and effectively manage disruptions that do occur.


21


Table of Contents

 
We cannot be certain that in the future our suppliers will be able or willing to meet our demand for components in a timely and cost-effective manner. There has been a trend toward consolidation of vendors of electronic components. Our reliance on a smaller number of vendors and the inability to quickly switch vendors increases the risk of logistics disruptions, unfavorable price fluctuations or disruptions in supply. From time-to-time, supplies of certain key components have become tighter. We risk adverse impact to our gross margin to the extent there is a resulting increase in component costs and time necessary to obtain these components.
 
If overall demand for our products or the mix of demand for our products is significantly different from our expectations, we may face inadequate or excess component supply or inadequate or excess manufacturing capacity. This would result in orders for products that could not be manufactured in a timely manner, or a buildup of inventory that could not easily be sold. Either of these situations could adversely affect our market share, sales and results of operations or financial position.
 
If we fail to adequately evolve our financial and managerial control and reporting systems and processes, our ability to manage and grow our business may be negatively affected.
 
Our ability to successfully offer our products and services and implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market depends in part upon effective planning and management processes and systems. Our company has undergone substantial change in the last several years, including strategic changes, operational changes, personnel changes and structural changes. We have had significant turnover in the executive management team and other parts of our employee population, acquired H3C (which has experienced considerable growth over a short period of time and now represents more than half of our revenue) and implemented substantial downsizing in our businesses and infrastructure outside of China. In spite of these changes, we will need to continue to improve, integrate and upgrade our financial and managerial control and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage our business effectively, analyze and make sound business decisions and improve efficiencies. If we fail to implement improved systems and processes, our ability to manage our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to our Operations in the People’s Republic of China
 
China’s legal and regulatory regime and changing political and economic environment may impact our business in China.
 
As a result of the historic reforms of the past several decades, multiple government bodies are involved in regulating and administrating affairs in the technology industry in China. These government agencies have broad discretion and authority over various aspects of the networking, telecommunications and information technology industry in China; accordingly their decisions may impact our ability to do business in China. Any of the following changes in China’s political and economic conditions, laws, regulations and governmental policies could have a substantial impact on our business:
 
  •  the promulgation of new laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations;
 
  •  enforcement and application of rules and regulations by the Chinese government;
 
  •  the introduction of measures to control growth or inflation or stimulate growth;
 
  •  any actions that limit our ability to develop, manufacture, import or sell our products in China, or export our products outside of China, or to finance and operate our business in China; or
 
  •  laws, rules or regulations that negatively impact our ability to pay dividends from China to outside of China, or impose restrictions (including conditions or timing restrictions) or additional taxes on such dividends.
 
Due to our dependence on China, if China were to experience a broad and prolonged economic slowdown, our results of operations would suffer. China has been adversely impacted by the global economic slowdown, and government efforts to restore growth rates may not be effective. The Chinese government has also from time-to-time implemented certain measures to control the pace of economic growth. Such measures


22


Table of Contents

may cause a decrease in the level of economic activity in China, which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal and regulatory system may adversely affect us.
 
We conduct our business in China primarily through H3C Technologies Co., Limited, a Hong Kong entity which in turn owns several Chinese entities. These entities are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. In addition, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of laws, rules, regulations and policies in China. Because many laws and regulations are relatively new and the Chinese legal and regulatory system is still evolving, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and local provincial or central authorities may exercise significant discretion in applying them. Moreover, the interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political changes. Finally, enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing law may be uncertain, and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement, or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management’s attention. Administrative processes and operational decisions are subject to the risks and uncertainties described above, which could result in delays and changed positions.
 
If PRC tax benefits available to us are reduced or repealed, our profitability or cash flow could suffer.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, a new corporate income tax rate of 25 percent (phased-in over time for certain companies) applies to companies subject to income tax in China. Companies which benefited from preferential tax rates and rulings under the previous Chinese tax law can continue to enjoy those concessions, subject to transitional rules. In our case, our principal operating subsidiary in China (H3C) was entitled to tax concessions which began in 2004. These concessions exempted H3C from the PRC income tax for 2004 and 2005 and entitle it to a 50 percent reduction in income tax in 2006-2008. (H3C maintains a calendar fiscal year end.) Calendar 2008 was the final year of the 50 percent reduction. Although the regular rate under the new tax law is 25 percent, the new tax law also provides for a reduced tax rate of 15 percent for companies which qualify as “new and high technology” enterprises. Our H3C subsidiary in China has now qualified for this reduced 15% rate under the new tax law. Therefore we currently expect that our long-term rate in China will be 15%. However, calendar year 2008 was the final year of our tax concessions under the old law and the first year of our 15% reduced rate under the new law. There is currently some uncertainty as to whether we can continue to enjoy the benefit of the final year of our concessions at the same time as the reduced rate under the new law. The final determination of our 2008 statutory income tax rate in China is subject to approval by the local tax office and we expect them to consider the complex rules concerning existing concessions under the transition rules, as well as guidance from the PRC State Tax Administration, in granting this approval. Until this uncertainty is clarified, accounting rules require us to provide for income tax for 2008 at the full 15% rate.
 
Dividends declared and paid by our Chinese subsidiary from post 2007 earnings are currently subject to a 5% withholding tax discussed below.
 
If tax benefits we currently enjoy are withdrawn or reduced, or if new taxes are introduced which have not applied to us before, there would likely be a resulting increase to our statutory tax rates in the PRC. Increases to tax rates in the PRC, where we are profitable, could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flow.
 
If the Chinese VAT Authorities discontinue, reduce, or defer the VAT Software Subsidy Program, our results will likely be adversely affected.
 
We benefit from a program run by the Chinese authorities which effectively provides us with nontaxable subsidy payments based on a percentage of the value-added tax, or VAT, collected by H3C on the sales of our software. We have recorded substantial income from this program since inception. The VAT subsidy payments are recorded in “other income” on a cash basis when actually received from the government. The timing of the


23


Table of Contents

receipt of payments is subject to the discretion of the Chinese tax authorities who must approve our application for the subsidy. The program ends on December 31, 2010 and is subject to the complete discretion of the Chinese tax authorities and may be discontinued, reduced, or deferred at any time. If this occurs, our results of operations will likely be adversely affected.
 
H3C is subject to restrictions on paying dividends and making other payments to us.
 
Chinese regulations currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits, as determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. Our principal operating entity in China is required to set aside a portion of its after-tax profits — currently 10 percent up to 50% of registered capital — according to Chinese regulations, to fund certain reserves. The Chinese government also imposes controls on the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of China. We may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency. These restrictions may in the future limit our ability to receive dividends or repatriate funds from China or impact the timing of such payments. In addition, as discussed elsewhere in this Risk Factors section, the credit agreement governing our senior secured loan also imposes significant restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make other payments from China to our other segments. Because available and permitted dividends under the credit agreement are determined by H3C’s consolidated excess cash flow and leverage ratio (as defined under the Credit Agreement), if H3C’s results decrease, the permitted dividends, if any, will likely decrease. While we are in default, or event of default, under the credit agreement we may not make permitted dividend payments. Finally, under a new PRC tax law all distributions of earnings realized from 2008 onwards from our PRC subsidiaries to our subsidiary in Hong Kong will be subject to a withholding tax at a rate of 5%. Our main PRC subsidiary generates the cash used to pay principal and interest on our H3C loan. Accordingly, we will in the future be required to earn proportionately higher profits in the PRC to service principal and interest on our loan, or be forced to fund any deficiencies from cash generated from other geographies. In sum, if we do not generate or maintain appropriate cash on hand on a worldwide basis to finance operations and make investments where needed or desired, our business results and growth objectives may suffer; in particular, our cash balances outside of China could fall below our desired levels.
 
We are subject to risks relating to currency rate fluctuations and exchange controls and we do not hedge this risk in China.
 
Approximately 53 percent of our sales and a portion of our costs are denominated in Renminbi, the Chinese currency. At the same time, our senior secured bank loan — which we intend to service and repay primarily through cash flow from our China-based operations — is denominated in US dollars. In July 2005, China uncoupled the Renminbi from the U.S. dollar and let it float in a narrow band against a basket of foreign currencies. The Renminbi could appreciate or depreciate relative to the U.S. dollar. Any movement of the Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenues, operating results and financial position, and may make it more difficult for us to service our U.S. dollar-denominated senior secured bank loan. More specifically, if the Renminbi appreciates in value as compared with the U.S. dollar, our reported revenues will derive a beneficial increase due to currency translation; and if the Renminbi depreciates, our revenues will suffer due to such depreciation. This currency translation impacts our expenses as well, but to a lesser degree. In some of our historical periods, we have benefited from the currency translation of Renminbi, but our results may in the future be harmed by it.
 
Our sales around the world are generally denominated in Renminbi (in China) and in US Dollars (in the rest of the world). We use those two currencies to price our products and generally do not accept local currencies as payment for product. When we sell our products in countries outside of China and the U.S. to customers in countries whose currencies have been devalued against the Renminbi or the US Dollar, the currency fluctuation causes the cost of our products to these customers to be higher. We generally do not provide currency exchange risk protection to our customers. For these reasons, when the Renminbi or US Dollar is stronger against local currencies, we may experience delayed or cancelled purchases or general business softness in the relevant region.


24


Table of Contents

We do not currently hedge the currency risk in China through foreign exchange forward contracts or otherwise and China employs currency controls restricting Renminbi conversion, limiting our ability to engage in currency hedging activities in China. Various foreign exchange controls are applicable to us in China, and such restrictions may in the future make it difficult for H3C or us to repatriate earnings, which could have an adverse effect on our cash flows and financial position.
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
 
If our products contain undetected software or hardware errors, we could incur significant unexpected expenses and could lose sales.
 
High technology products sometimes contain undetected software or hardware errors when new products or new versions or updates of existing products are released to the marketplace. We cannot assure you our testing programs will be adequate to detect all defects. Undetected errors could result in customer dissatisfaction, reduced sales opportunities, higher than expected warranty and service costs and expenses and the recording of an accrual for related anticipated expenses. From time to time, such errors or component failures could be found in new or existing products after the commencement of commercial shipments. These problems may have a material adverse effect on our business by causing us to incur significant warranty and repair costs, diverting the attention of our engineering personnel from new product development efforts, delaying the recognition of revenue and causing significant customer relations problems. Further, if products are not accepted by customers due to such defects, and such returns exceed the amount we accrued for defect returns based on our historical experience, our operating results would be adversely affected.
 
Our products must successfully interoperate with products from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. The occurrence of hardware and software errors, whether or not caused by our products, could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary revisions may cause us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of any such problems would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We may need to engage in complex and costly litigation in order to protect, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights; in some jurisdictions, such as China, our rights may not be as strong as the rights we enjoy in the U.S.
 
Whether we are defending the assertion of intellectual property rights against us, or asserting our intellectual property rights against others, intellectual property litigation can be complex, costly, protracted, and highly disruptive to business operations because it may divert the attention and energies of management and key technical personnel. Further, plaintiffs in intellectual property cases often seek injunctive relief and the measures of damages in intellectual property litigation are complex and often subjective and uncertain. In addition, such litigation may subject us to counterclaims or other retaliatory actions that could increase its costs, complexity, uncertainty and disruption to the business. Thus, the existence of this type of litigation, or any adverse determinations related to such litigation, could subject us to significant liabilities and costs. Any one of these factors could adversely affect our sales, gross margin, results of operations, cash flow or financial position.
 
In addition, the legal systems of many foreign countries do not protect or honor intellectual property rights to the same extent as the legal system of the United States. For example, in China, the legal system in general, and the intellectual property regime in particular, are still in the development stage. It may be very difficult, time-consuming and costly for us to attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions.
 
We may not be able to defend ourselves successfully against claims that we are infringing the intellectual property rights of others.
 
Many of our competitors, such as telecommunications, networking, and computer equipment manufacturers, have large intellectual property portfolios, including patents that may cover technologies that are relevant


25


Table of Contents

to our business. In addition, many smaller companies, universities, patent holding companies and individual inventors have obtained or applied for patents in areas of technology that may relate to our business. The industries in which we operate continue to be aggressive in assertion, licensing and litigation of patents and other intellectual property rights. It is very expensive to defend claims of patent infringement and we expect over time to incur significant time and expense to defend these claims and defend, protect, preserve and maintain our portfolio.
 
In the course of our business, we receive claims of infringement or otherwise become aware of potentially relevant patents or other intellectual property rights held by other parties. We evaluate the validity and applicability of these intellectual property rights, and determine in each case whether to negotiate licenses or cross-licenses to incorporate or use the proprietary technologies, protocols, or specifications in our products, and whether we have rights of indemnification against our suppliers, strategic partners or licensors. If we are unable to obtain and maintain licenses on favorable terms for intellectual property rights required for the manufacture, sale, and use of our products, particularly those that must comply with industry standard protocols and specifications to be commercially viable, our financial position or results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if we are alleged to infringe the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to seek licenses from others or be prevented from manufacturing or selling our products, which could cause disruptions to our operations or the markets in which we compete. Finally, even if we have indemnification rights in respect of such allegations of infringement from our suppliers, strategic partners or licensors, we may not be able to recover our losses under those indemnity rights.
 
Many of our networking products use open source software, or OSS, licenses. Because OSS is often compiled from multiple components developed by numerous independent parties and usually comes “as is” and without indemnification, OSS is more vulnerable to third party intellectual property infringement claims. Some of the more prominent OSS licenses, such as the GNU General Public License, are the subject of litigation. It is possible that a court could hold such licenses to be unenforceable or someone could assert a claim for proprietary rights in a program developed and distributed under them. Any ruling by a court that these licenses are not enforceable or that open source components of our product offerings may not be liberally copied, modified or distributed may have the effect of preventing us from selling or developing all or a portion of our products. If any of the foregoing occurred, it could cause a material adverse impact on our business.
 
Risks Related to the Trading Market
 
Fluctuations in our operating results and other factors may contribute to volatility in the market price of our stock.
 
Historically, our stock price has experienced volatility. We expect that our stock price may continue to experience volatility in the future due to a variety of potential factors such as:
 
  •  fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and cash flow;
 
  •  changes in our cash and equivalents and short term investment balances;
 
  •  our ability to execute on our strategic plan, including our core business strategy to leverage China and emphasize larger enterprise business;
 
  •  general economic conditions, such as the current global economic crisis;
 
  •  variations between our actual financial results and published analysts’ expectations; and
 
  •  announcements by our competitors or significant customers.
 
Over the past several years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the stock prices of many technology companies. These factors, as well as general economic and political conditions or investors’ concerns regarding the credibility of corporate financial statements and the accounting profession, may have a material adverse affect on the market price of our stock in the future.


26


Table of Contents

For example, many companies have recently experienced sharp decreases and/or downward pressure on their stock prices as a result of the current global economic downturn.
 
We may be required to record additional significant charges to earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired.
 
Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill and other non-amortizing intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually. The carrying value of our goodwill or amortizable assets may not be recoverable due to factors such as reduced estimates of future cash flows and slower growth rates in our industry or in any of our business units. Estimates of future cash flows are based on an updated long-term financial outlook of our operations. However, actual performance in the near-term or long-term could be materially different from these forecasts, which could impact future estimates. For example, if one of our business units does not meet its near-term and longer-term forecasts, the goodwill assigned to the business unit could be impaired. Similarly, a significant decline in our stock price and/or market capitalization may result in goodwill impairment for one or more business units. We may be required to record a charge to earnings in our financial statements during a period in which an impairment of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets is determined to exist, which may negatively impact our results of operations. For example, in the three-month period ended May 30, 2008, we took a charge of $158.0 million relating to impairment of the goodwill of our TippingPoint segment.
 
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES
 
We lease properties in the United States and a number of foreign countries. For information regarding property, plant and equipment by geographic region for each of the last two fiscal years, see Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
The following table summarizes our significant leased real estate properties as of May 29, 2009:
 
                     
Location
  Sq. Ft.     Owned/Leased     Primary Use
 
United States — Boston Area
    175,000       Leased     Corporate headquarters, Rest of World (ROW)Segment Administration, and customer service.
United States — Austin Area
    87,000       Leased     TippingPoint’s main office, research and development, and customer service.
Europe — U.K.
    39,000       Leased     Corporate and ROW offices; ROW customer service.
China — Hangzhou
    1,706,029       Leased     H3C office, research and development, manufacturing, sales, and training.
China — Beijing
    512,275       Leased     Global research and development, training; H3C sales and customer service.
 
As part of our initiatives to maximize our efficiency, we are consolidating our operations wherever feasible and are actively engaged in efforts to dispose of excess facilities. As of May 29, 2009, we lease and sublease to third-party tenants approximately 2,850 square feet in one of our North America leased locations under a sub-lease that expires in fiscal 2011.
 
We believe that our facilities are adequate for our present needs in all material respects.
 
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The material set forth in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.


27


Table of Contents

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
None.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol COMS and has been traded on NASDAQ since our initial public offering on March 21, 1984. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices as reported on NASDAQ during the last two fiscal years. As of June 26, 2009, we had approximately 4,353 stockholders of record. We have not paid, and do not anticipate that we will pay, cash dividends on our common stock.
 
                                         
    Fiscal 2009   Fiscal 2008    
    High   Low   High   Low    
 
First Quarter
  $ 2.59     $ 1.83     $ 4.81     $ 3.24          
Second Quarter
    2.85       1.43       5.11       3.22          
Third Quarter
    2.66       1.81       4.60       2.76          
Fourth Quarter
    4.39       2.06       3.41       1.76          
 
The following table summarizes repurchases of our stock, including shares returned to satisfy tax withholding obligations, in the quarter ended May 29, 2009:
 
                                 
                Total Number of
    Approximate Dollar
 
    Total
          Shares Purchased as
    Value of Shares
 
    Number
    Average
    Part of Publicly
    that May yet Be
 
    of Shares
    Price Paid
    Announced Plans or
    Purchased Under the
 
Period
  Purchased     per Share     Programs(1)     Plans or Programs  
 
February 28, 2009 through March 27, 2009
    59,315 (2)   $ 2.66           $ 50,046,813  
March 28, 2009 through April 24, 2009
    44,458 (2)     3.55             50,046,813  
April 25, 2009 through May 29, 2009
    407,079 (2)     4.05             50,046,813  
                                 
Total
    510,852     $ 3.85           $ 50,046,813  
 
 
(1) On September 24, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program providing for repurchases of up to $100.0 million through September 23, 2009.
 
(2) Consists of shares surrendered to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations that arose upon the vesting of restricted stock awards and units of 59,315 in March 2009, 44,458 in April 2009 and 407,079 in May 2009.
 
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RETURN
 
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total return of our common stock with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, our New Peer Group(1) and our Old Peer Group(1) for the period commencing on May 28, 2004 and ending on May 29, 2009 (fiscal year end)(2)(3). We historically have constructed our peer group based on comparable market offerings and strategy, revenue composition and size. In re-evaluating our peer group this year, we removed one peer that is no longer publicly-traded and six peers we believe no longer provide a meaningful comparison due to differences in size, scope and/or primary strategic or market focus. We also added five new peers; in light of the evolving nature of our business and our current strategic and market focus, we believe these additions to the peer group provide a more meaningful comparison. This information shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the Securities


28


Table of Contents

and Exchange Commission and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, unless we specifically incorporate it by reference.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among 3Com Corporation, The S&P 500 Index,
A New Peer Group And An Old Peer Group
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
$100 invested on 5/28/04 in stock or 5/31/04 in index, including reinvestment of dividends. Indexes calculated on month-end basis.
 
Copyright© 2009 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
 
                                                             
      5/28/04     6/3/05     6/2/06     6/1/07     5/30/08     5/29/09
3Com Corporation
      100.00         54.71         73.57         72.49         38.95         66.77  
S&P 500
      100.00         108.24         117.59         144.39         134.72         90.84  
Old Peer Group
      100.00         94.33         111.30         151.75         152.99         110.02  
New Peer Group
      100.00         91.21         89.69         118.83         118.59         86.65  
                                                             
 
(1) Our New Peer Group consists of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., Cisco Systems Inc., Extreme Networks, Inc., F5 Networks, Inc., Juniper Networks, Inc., McAfee, Inc., Riverbed Technology, Inc., and Symantec Corporation. Our Old Peer Group consists of Alcatel Lucent, Cisco Systems Inc., D-Link Corporation, Extreme Networks, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, McAfee, Inc., Netgear Inc., Nortel Networks Limited and Sourcefire, Inc. Foundry Networks, Inc. was acquired and has therefore been removed from the Peer Groups.
 
(2) Assumes that $100.00 was invested on May 28, 2004 in our common stock and each index, and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends have been declared on our common stock. Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.
 
(3) 3Com uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest to May 31.
 
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday


29


Table of Contents

closest to May 31. Fiscal 2009 consists of the 52 weeks ended May 29, 2009. Fiscal year 2008 consists of the 52 weeks ended May 30, 2008. Fiscal 2007 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on June 1, 2007. Fiscal year 2006 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on June 3, 2006. Fiscal year 2005 consisted of 53 weeks ended on June 2, 2005. For convenience, the consolidated financial statements have been shown as ending on the last day of the calendar month. The following balance sheet data and statements of operations data for each of the five years ended May 31, 2009 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Consolidated balance sheets as of May 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2009 and notes thereto appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
During our fiscal 2006 we acquired a majority ownership of our then H3C joint-venture. Effective with the acquisition we began consolidating our H3C subsidiary’s results on a 2 month lag as our H3C subsidiary follows a calendar year end. We reflected a minority interest on the balance sheet and in the statement of operations for Huawei’s remaining interest. On March 29, 2007 we acquired Huawei’s remaining interest and therefore the minority interest was eliminated and no minority interest in our subsidiaries assets existed after that date.
 
Our acquisition of TippingPoint on January 31, 2005 was accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, the assets purchased and liabilities assumed are included in the consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2005. The operating results of TippingPoint are included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. Accordingly, fiscal 2006 and beyond contain full years of TippingPoint’s results compared to five months of results in fiscal 2005.
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year May 31,
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Sales
  $ 1,316,978     $ 1,294,879     $ 1,267,481     $ 794,807     $ 651,244  
Net income (loss)
    114,725 (1)     (228,841 )(2)     (88,589 )     (100,675 )     (195,686 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    114,725 (1)     (228,841 )(2)     (88,589 )     (100,675 )     (195,686 )
Income (loss) per share from continuing operations
                                       
Basic and diluted
  $ 0.29     $ (0.57 )   $ (0.22 )   $ (0.26 )   $ (0.51 )
 
 
(1) During fiscal 2009 the Company had gains of $85.2 million as a result of a favorable patent dispute resolution and from the sale of patents.
 
(2) During fiscal 2008 the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $158.0 million the TippingPoint reporting unit.
 
                                         
    Balances as of May 31,
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (In thousands)
 
Cash, equivalents and short-term investments
  $ 644,175     $ 503,644     $ 559,217     $ 864,347     $ 844,104  
Total assets
    1,815,357       1,775,130       2,151,092       1,861,361       1,592,967  
Working capital(1)
    434,460       305,444       257,614       778,064       667,949  
Deferred taxes and long-term obligations
    40,729       22,367       23,725       13,788       8,484  
Long term debt
    152,000       253,000       336,000              
Retained deficit
    (1,290,522 )     (1,405,247 )     (1,176,406 )     (1,087,512 )     (967,952 )
Stockholders’ equity
    1,112,175       995,302       1,151,299       1,202,362       1,274,923  
 
 
(1) Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities.


30


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
 
We are a global enterprise networking solutions provider incorporated in Delaware. A pioneer in the computer networking industry, we have three global product and solutions brands — H3C, 3Com, and TippingPoint — that offer high-performance networking and security solutions to enterprises large and small. These organizations range across a number of vertical industries, including education, finance, government, healthcare, insurance, manufacturing and real estate. The H3C® enterprise networking portfolio — one of the leading large enterprise networking equipment brands in China — includes products that span from the data center to the edge of the network and is targeted at large enterprises. The 3Com® family of products offers a strong price/performance value proposition for the small and medium businesses. Our security brand, TippingPoint® features network-based intrusion prevention systems (IPS) and network access control (NAC) solutions, which deliver in-depth, no-compromise application, infrastructure and performance protection.
 
We believe our portfolio of products and services enable customers to deploy and manage business-critical voice, video, data and other advanced networking technologies in a secure, scalable, reliable and efficient network environment. We believe we have consistently offered customer-driven technology solutions that help enterprises optimize their budgets and resources, increase productivity, and realize their business goals. 3Com designs its solutions to offer customers a unique value proposition: lower total cost of ownership (TCO) and expert, responsive service. Our data center-to-edge enterprise networking solutions offer a common operating system to streamline system management, and are based on open standards to enable the use of best-of-breed applications from other vendors. We believe we offer a broad, fresh portfolio of products and solutions that disrupt the industry status quo and deliver true “no-compromise” networking.
 
We believe we deliver high-quality, high-performance converged networking solutions that provide exceptional business value and help customers address the following fundamental challenges:
 
  •  Performance — Bandwidth demands have increased along with the number of users and applications — IP telephony, videoconferencing, streaming multimedia and others — on enterprise networks, yet performance requirements never abate. 3Com routers, switches and security devices provide robust throughput and traffic optimization applications to ensure high-quality networking even in the most challenging enterprise network environments.
 
  •  Cost effectiveness — Today’s enterprise customers are seeking cost-effective solutions that optimize the value of their network infrastructure investment. 3Com products are designed to be cost-effective, competitively priced and energy efficient 3Com’s single-pane, intuitive network management platform minimizes time spent training IT staff and network administrators, helping to further reduce overall TCO.
 
  •  Security — Today’s enterprises need to protect themselves from a constantly evolving spectrum of internal and external threats to ensure the safety of their mission-critical information. 3Com’s pervasive network solutions provide granular oversight, control access, quarantine malicious programs and files, and restore data.
 
We focus on delivering superior networking solutions that offer a cost advantage to our customers through solutions that are less expensive to acquire, power and operationally manage. Our products are designed to provide superior value through capability design as well as other cost conscious features such as lower power requirements, and inter-operability in multi-vendor networks.
 
We believe that our global presence, brand identity, strong development organization and intellectual property portfolio provide a solid foundation for achieving our objectives.


31


Table of Contents

Our products are sold on a worldwide basis through a combination of value added resellers, distributors and direct-touch sales representatives. We also work with service providers to deliver managed networking solutions for enterprise customers.
 
Headquartered in Marlborough, Massachusetts, we have worldwide operations, including sales, marketing, research and development, and customer service and support capabilities.
 
Our products and services can generally be classified in the following categories:
 
  •  Networking;
 
  •  Security;
 
  •  Voice; and
 
  •  Services.
 
We have undergone significant changes in recent years, including:
 
  •  Significant changes to our executive leadership;
 
  •  the formation and subsequent 100 percent acquisition of our China-based H3C subsidiary;
 
  •  financing a portion of the purchase price for our acquisition of H3C by entering into a $430 million senior secured credit agreement ;
 
  •  restructuring activities, which included outsourcing of information technology, certain manufacturing activity in our Networking Business, significant headcount reductions in other functions, and selling excess facilities; and
 
  •  integration activities following our H3C acquisition, including in our research and development and supply chain organizations and integrating our TippingPoint segment.
 
Business Environment and Future Trends
 
We operate today in a rapidly changing business environment due to the severe credit and adverse market conditions in many of the world’s economies. The current global financial crisis has led to significant business slowdowns around the world. It is therefore increasingly difficult to predict future business conditions in the market for enterprise networking equipment. Our business is highly dependent on the Chinese economy, which has experienced strong growth in recent years. Our success in China has been due to the success of the direct-touch enterprise model, a mixture of core and new products and solution selling, and value creation for customers. While we believe that China may have been less affected than other regions by the global economic slowdown, it is now experiencing the effects of the downturn and our growth has slowed in China. It is difficult to predict the extent of the slowdown on our China business at this time. Additionally, we expect a significant reduction in sales to our largest customer, Huawei Technologies, during fiscal year 2010. For our operations outside of China, which we call “Rest of World,” we expect the challenging business environment to continue in the foreseeable future. In Rest of World, we are experiencing reduced demand for our products, delayed or cancelled purchases and longer sales cycles. Our Rest of World operations have been adversely impacted by the global economic crisis.
 
Our strategy to address these adverse business conditions is to market our solutions as providing exceptional quality for a good value and to remain competitive in the enterprise market. At the same time, we recognize that global spending on networking products and solutions is likely to continue to be under significant pressure for the foreseeable future.
 
Networking industry analysts and participants differ widely in their assessments concerning the prospects for mid to long-term industry growth, especially in light of the current weakness in many of the major global economies. Industry factors and trends also present significant challenges in the medium-term. Such factors and trends include intense competition in the market for higher end, enterprise core routing and switching


32


Table of Contents

products and aggressive product pricing by competitors targeted at gaining share in the small to medium-sized business market.
 
We believe that long-term success in this environment requires us to (1) be a global technology leader, (2) increase our revenue and take market share from competitors outside of China, (3) increase and sustain our profitability and (4) increase our generation of cash from operations.
 
Technology Strategy
 
We believe our principal research and development base in China provides a strong foundation for our global product development. Our strategy involves continuing to innovate, using China as a home market to introduce new products in the networking equipment industry and related markets and providing leading solutions for global markets. Our approach is to focus on activities that deliver differentiated products and solutions and drive reductions in product costs. Our current areas of focus include security, convergence of applications over IP, advanced switching, routing solutions and other advanced technologies.
 
Revenue and Market Share Goals
 
We believe that our differentiated, comprehensive product portfolio which provides end-to-end IP solutions based on open standards offers a compelling value proposition for customers, particularly in the current economic environment.
 
Our intention is to leverage our global footprint to more effectively sell these products. A key element of our strategy is to increasingly focus on sales to larger enterprise and government accounts in all of our regions.
 
We intend to execute on three regional strategies as follows:
 
  •  China — In China, we have been successful in direct-touch sales to enterprise and government customers. To maintain a leadership position in China, we intend to increase our focus on direct-touch sales as well as pursue other distribution channels. We believe that growing market share in China will be more challenging than in the past given that we already have a significant enterprise networking market share in China. We also intend to continue to introduce innovative new product offerings in the China market, such as IP video surveillance and IP storage, which may offer additional growth opportunities.
 
Our strategy involves leveraging our significant China-based engineering team and strong brand of networking solutions designed for enterprise and government accounts into greater success in markets outside of China, as further described below.
 
  •  Emerging markets outside of China — We expect to target growth opportunities outside of China in other developing markets. We believe that our successful penetration of the Chinese market has provided experience that is transferable to many emerging markets. We believe this experience will position us to gain market share in developing markets.
 
  •  Developed global markets — Our goal in developed markets is to increase our market share. Our strategy is to focus on large enterprise and government accounts and to implement this strategy we intend to increase go to market resources. We intend to offer these customers our comprehensive end to end solutions and highlight our products’ price to performance value proposition and energy efficiency. As discussed earlier, the results of these efforts have been hampered by the global economic slowdown.
 
Profitability and Cash Generation Objectives
 
We believe that our long-term success is also dependent on our ability to increase our overall profit and cash generation. We believe that by continuing to integrate our worldwide operations we can achieve further operational efficiencies to support continued investment in sales and marketing to grow our business. We may also continue to require targeted investments in infrastructure designed to meet our market share growth objectives.
 
For our TippingPoint business we plan to focus on growing its top line and improving operational


33


Table of Contents

efficiency and segment profitability. We plan to achieve operational efficiency by integrating supply chain and finance activities, among others. We also plan to leverage our existing sales channels and global footprint to more effectively sell TippingPoint products and services.
 
Segment Reporting
 
In the prior fiscal year we reported H3C, Data and Voice Business Unit (“DVBU”), TippingPoint Security Business (“TippingPoint”) and Corporate as segments. In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we realigned the manner in which we manage our business and internal reporting, and based on the information provided to our chief operating decision-maker (CODM) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance, we have two primary businesses, our Networking Business and TippingPoint Security Business. Accordingly, our previously reported segment information has been restated to reflect our new operating and reporting structure. Our Networking Business consists of the following sales regions as operating segments: China-based, Asia Pacific Region excluding China-based sales region (Japan and Hong Kong SAR) (APR), Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America (LAT), and North America (NA) regions. The APR, EMEA, LAT and NA operating segments have been aggregated given their similar economic characteristics, products, customers and processes, and have been consolidated as one reportable segment, “Rest of World”. The China-based sales region does not meet the aggregation criteria at this time.
 
The China-based and Rest of World reporting segments benefit from shared support services on a world-wide basis. The costs associated with providing these shared central functions are not allocated to the China-based and Rest of World reporting segments and instead are reported and disclosed under the caption “Central Functions”. Central Functions consist of indirect cost of sales, such as supply chain operations expenses, and centralized operating expenses, such as research and development, indirect sales and marketing, and general and administrative support.
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to May 31. Fiscal 2009 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on May 29, 2009. Fiscal year 2008, consisted of 52 weeks ended on May 30, 2008, and fiscal year 2007 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on June 1, 2007. For convenience, the consolidated financial statements have been shown as ending on the last day of the calendar month.
 
Our 3Com Technologies subsidiary completed the purchase of Huawei’s remaining interest in H3C for $882 million in March 2007. Our H3C subsidiary follows a calendar year basis of reporting and therefore, H3C is consolidated on a two-month lag.
 
On May 25, 2007, our subsidiary H3C Holdings Limited (“Borrower”) entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with various lenders, including Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent (the “Credit Agreement”). Under the original credit agreement, the Borrower borrowed $430 million in the form of a senior secured term loan to finance a portion of the purchase price for 3Com’s acquisition of 49 percent of H3C discussed above.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Our significant accounting policies are outlined in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which appear in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of those accounting policies require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported by us. The following items require the most significant judgment and often involve complex estimation:
 
Revenue recognition:  We recognize a sale when the product has been delivered and risk of loss has passed to the customer, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the fee is fixed or determinable. The assessment of whether the fee is fixed or determinable considers whether a significant portion of the fee is due after our normal payment terms. If we determine that the fee is not fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue at the time the fee becomes fixed


34


Table of Contents

and determinable, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Also, sales arrangements may contain customer-specific acceptance requirements for both products and services. In such cases, revenue is deferred at the time of delivery of the product or service and is recognized upon receipt of customer acceptance.
 
For arrangements that are not considered software arrangements and which involve multiple elements, such as sales of products that include maintenance or installation services, revenue is allocated to each respective element. We use the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and objective evidence of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. Under the residual method, the revenue related to the undelivered element is deferred at its fair value and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, revenue is deferred and recognized when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be established.
 
We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, past transaction history with the customer, and the creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collection of the fee is not reasonably assured, then we defer the fee and recognize revenue upon receipt of payment. We do not typically request collateral from our customers. In our China-based sales region, certain customers pay accounts receivable with notes receivable from Chinese banks with maturities less than six months. These are also referred to as “bankers’ acceptances”.
 
A significant portion of our sales is made to distributors and value added resellers (VARs). Revenue is generally recognized when title and risk of loss pass to the customer, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Sales to these customers are recorded net of appropriate allowances, including estimates for product returns, price protection, and excess channel inventory levels. We maintain reserves for potential allowances and adjustments; if the actual level of returns and adjustments differ from the assumptions we use to develop those reserves, additional allowances and charges might be required.
 
For sales of products that contain software that is marketed separately, we apply the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended. Accordingly, we apply SOP 97-2 for the majority of sales from our TippingPoint segment, our voice sales from our Networking Business and other insignificant specific product sales within our Networking Business. We generally sell our software products with maintenance services, which includes the rights to unspecified updates and product support, and, in some cases, also with consulting services. For these undelivered elements, we determine vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to be the price charged when the undelivered element is sold separately. We determine VSOE for maintenance sold in connection with product based on the amount that will be separately charged for the maintenance renewal period. We determine VSOE for consulting services by reference to the amount charged for similar engagements when a software license sale is not involved.
 
We recognize revenue from software licenses sold together with maintenance and/or consulting services upon shipment using the residual method, provided that the above criteria have been met. Under the residual method, revenue associated with undelivered elements is deferred at its VSOE of fair value, and any remaining amounts are considered related to the delivered elements and recognized providing all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements cannot be established, we defer all revenue from the arrangement until the earlier of the point at which such sufficient VSOE does exist or all elements of the arrangement have been delivered.
 
We recognize maintenance revenue ratably over the term of the applicable agreement. Sales of services, including professional services, system integration, project management, and training, are recognized upon completion of performance.
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:  We monitor payments from our customers on an on-going basis and maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. When we evaluate the adequacy of our allowances for doubtful accounts, we take into account various factors including our accounts receivable aging, customer creditworthiness, historical bad


35


Table of Contents

debts, and geographic and political risk. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required.
 
Inventories:  Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates cost, or net realizable value. We perform detailed reviews related to the net realizable value of inventory on an ongoing basis, for both inventory on hand and inventory that we are committed to purchase, giving consideration to deterioration, obsolescence, and other factors. If actual market conditions differ from those projected by management and our estimates prove to be inaccurate, additional write-downs or adjustments to cost of sales might be required; alternatively, we might realize benefits through cost of sales for sale or disposition of inventory that had been previously written off.
 
Goodwill and intangible assets:  We apply the provisions of SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives which are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We performed our annual goodwill impairment review as of February 27, 2009 for our TippingPoint segment and December 31, 2008 for our China-based region (as our China-based region reports on a two month lag), and noted no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives. There were no triggering events in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 that required an additional impairment test. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 we conducted an additional impairment test of our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets due to the decline of our stock price which resulted in a $158.0 million impairment charge to our TippingPoint goodwill as discussed in Note 9. In estimating the fair value of our reporting units, we relied on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and our judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Reporting unit valuations have been calculated using a combination of an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit and a market approach. The income approach incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, discount factors, expected capital expenditures and income tax cash flows. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in a goodwill impairment in future periods. In conjunction with our annual goodwill impairment tests, we reconcile the sum of the valuations of all of our reporting units to our market capitalization as of such dates.
 
Stock-based Compensation.  In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123(R), which requires all stock-based compensation to employees (as defined in SFAS No. 123(R)), including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values.
 
Estimates of the fair value of equity awards granted in future periods will be affected by the market price of our common stock, as well as the actual results of certain assumptions used to value the equity awards. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, the expected volatility of the common stock, the expected term of options granted, and the risk free interest rate.
 
The fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares is determined by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and applying the single-option approach to the stock option valuation. The options generally have vesting on an annual basis over a vesting period of four years. We estimate the expected option term by analyzing the historical term period from grant to exercise and also considers the expected term for those options that are outstanding. The expected term of employee stock purchase plan shares is the purchase periods under each offering period. The volatility of the common stock is estimated using historical volatility.
 
The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is determined by looking at historical U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bond issues with terms corresponding to the expected terms of the equity awards. In addition, an expected dividend yield of zero is used in the option valuation model, because we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Lastly, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), we are required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In order to determine an estimated pre-vesting option forfeiture rate, we analyzed historical forfeiture data, which yielded a current forfeiture rate of 23 percent as of the end of the current fiscal year. We believe this historical forfeiture rate to be reflective of our anticipated rate on a go-forward basis. An estimated forfeiture rate has been


36


Table of Contents

applied to all unvested options and restricted stock outstanding as of June 1, 2006 and to all options and restricted stock granted since June 1, 2006. Therefore, stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those options and restricted stock that are expected to vest.
 
Restructuring charges:  Over the last several years we have undertaken significant restructuring initiatives. These initiatives have required us to record restructuring charges related to severance and outplacement costs, lease cancellations, accelerated depreciation and write-downs of held for sale properties, write-downs of other long-term assets, and other restructuring costs. Given the significance of our restructuring activities and the time required for execution and completion of such activities, the process of estimating restructuring charges is complex and involves periodic reassessments of estimates made at the time the original decisions were made. The accounting for restructuring costs and asset impairments requires us to record charges when we have taken actions or have the appropriate approval for taking action, and when a liability is incurred. Our policies require us to periodically evaluate the adequacy of the remaining liabilities under our restructuring initiatives. As we continue to evaluate the business, we might be required to record additional charges for new restructuring activities.
 
Product Warranty:  A limited warranty is provided on most of our products for periods ranging from 90 days to limited lifetime, depending upon the product, and allowances for estimated warranty costs are recorded during the period of sale. The determination of such allowances requires us to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the products under warranty. If actual return rates and/or repair and replacement costs differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to recognize additional cost of sales might be required.
 
Income taxes:  We are subject to income tax in a number of jurisdictions. A certain degree of estimation is required in recording the assets and liabilities related to income taxes, and it is reasonably possible such assets may not be recovered and that such liabilities may not be paid or that payments in excess of amounts initially estimated and accrued may be required. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from our future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. We consider historical taxable income, estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the amount of the valuation allowance. We have not provided valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets in China. We have provided valuation allowances in certain tax jurisdictions outside of China based on various factors, including our historical losses, retained deficit, operating performance in fiscal 2009, and estimates of future profitability, we have concluded that future taxable income will, more likely than not, be insufficient to recover most of net deferred tax assets as of May 31, 2009. Accordingly, we have established an appropriate valuation allowance to offset such deferred tax assets.
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), that clarifies the accounting and recognition for income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our tax returns. FIN 48 provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. We adopted FIN 48 on June 2, 2007, which resulted in no adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. As of May 31, 2009 the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $21.9 million including interest, all of which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.
 
We recognize tax liabilities for uncertain items in accordance with FIN 48 and we adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities.
 
We recognize interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of May 31, 2009, the amount of interest included on unrecognized tax benefits was $2.4 million, representing a decrease of $0.1 million during fiscal 2009. There were no penalties accrued in all periods presented.
 
We have net operating loss carryforwards related to the following income tax jurisdictions and expiration periods: U.S. federal loss carryforwards of approximately $2.7 billion expiring between fiscal years 2017 and


37


Table of Contents

2029; various state loss carryforwards of approximately $983.0 million expiring between 2010 and 2029; and foreign loss carryforwards of $385.3 million with an unlimited carryforward period.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2009, 2008, AND 2007
 
In the prior fiscal year we reported H3C, Data and Voice Business Unit (“DVBU”), TippingPoint Security Business (“TippingPoint”) and Corporate as segments. In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we realigned the manner in which we manage our business and internal reporting, and based on the information provided to our chief operating decision-maker (CODM) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance, we have two primary businesses, our Networking Business and TippingPoint Security Business. Accordingly, our previously reported segment information has been restated to reflect our new operating and reporting structure. Our Networking Business consists of the following sales regions as operating segments: China-based, Asia Pacific Region excluding China-based sales region (Japan and Hong Kong SAR) (APR), Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America (LAT), and North America (NA) regions. The APR, EMEA, LAT and NA operating segments have been aggregated given their similar economic characteristics, products, customers and processes, and have been consolidated as one reportable segment, “Rest of World”. The China-based sales region does not meet the aggregation criteria at this time.
 
The China-based and Rest of World reportable segments benefit from shared support services on a world-wide basis. The costs associated with providing these shared central functions are not allocated to the China-based and Rest of World reporting segments and instead are reported and disclosed under the caption “Central Functions”. Central Functions consist of indirect cost of sales, such as supply chain operations expenses, and centralized operating expenses, such as research and development, indirect sales and marketing, and general and administrative support.
 
The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, the percentage of total sales represented by the line items reflected in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
                         
    2009   2008   2007
 
Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales
    42.9       49.5       54.4  
                         
Gross profit margin
    57.1       50.5       45.6  
                         
Operating expenses (income):
                       
Sales and marketing
    25.7       24.4       25.2  
Research and development
    13.7       15.9       17.0  
General and administrative
    8.6       10.0       7.4  
Amortization
    7.2       8.0       3.4  
Realtek settlement and patent sale
    (6.5 )            
Goodwill impairment
          12.2        
In-process research and development
                2.8  
Restructuring charges
    0.7       0.3       0.3  
                         
Operating expenses, net
    49.4       70.8       56.1  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    7.7       (20.3 )     (10.5 )
Interest (expense) income, net
    (0.4 )     (1.0 )     3.2  
Other income, net
    3.9       3.4       3.2  
                         
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes and minority interest in income of consolidated joint venture
    11.2       (17.9 )     (4.1 )
Income tax benefit (provision)
    (2.5 )     0.2       (0.8 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated joint venture
                (2.1 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    8.7 %     (17.7 )%     (7.0 )%
                         


38


Table of Contents

Comparison of fiscal 2009 and 2008
 
During the year ended May 31, 2009 we continued to experience sales growth in our China-based sales region and TippingPoint security segment, which was significantly offset by declines in our Rest of World sales region. We also experienced an improvement in gross profit margin in all regions, primarily due to changes in product mix to more profitable enterprise related business as well as to reduced costs. We also continued to reduce Central Function operating expenses due to expense control and integration efforts, offset in part by investments in our direct touch sales force in our China-based and Rest of World sales regions.
 
Sales
 
Consolidated revenues increased by $22.1 million or 1.7 percent from fiscal 2008.
 
The following table shows our sales from our segments in dollars and as a percentage of total sales for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 (dollars in millions):
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2009     2008  
 
China-based sales region
  $ 727.9       55 %   $ 647.7       50 %
Rest of World sales region
    471.1       36 %     546.9       42 %
TippingPoint security business
    124.9       9 %     104.1       8 %
Eliminations and other
    (6.9 )     0 %     (3.8 )     0 %
                                 
Consolidated sales
  $ 1,317.0       100 %   $ 1,294.9       100 %
                                 
 
Sales in our China-based sales region increased $80.2 million or 12.4 percent from fiscal 2008. The increase in sales was primarily driven by appreciation of $55.4 million on the Renminbi as well as increased direct-touch sales of $42.6 million in China, partially offset by decreased sales of $11.1 million to Huawei and decreased sales of $6.7 million in Hong Kong and Japan.
 
Sales in our Rest of World sales region decreased $75.8 million or 13.9 percent from fiscal 2008. The decrease in sales was primarily attributable to decreased sales of $58.5 million and $20.3 million in our EMEA and North America sales regions, respectively, due primarily to longer sales cycles, delayed or cancelled purchases and reduced incoming orders because of the global economic downturn. We also believe that our SMB business has been impacted more significantly than our larger enterprise business. The decrease was partially offset by increased sales in our Latin America sales region.
 
Sales in our TippingPoint security business increased $20.8 million, or 19.9 percent from fiscal 2008. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to increased maintenance revenue of $11.1 million to $46.4 million as a result of an increased number of maintenance contracts as well as increased security product sales of $9.7 million to $78.4 million. We are seeing continued interest in security products and services even in the economic downturn. TippingPoint customers purchase IPS hardware and a maintenance contract entitling them to Digital Vaccine maintenance services. Digital Vaccine services provide continually-updated protection from viruses and other external intrusions.
 
Eliminations and other increased by $3.1 million from fiscal 2008. This increase was primarily due to increased sales from our TippingPoint segment to our Rest of World sales region.


39


Table of Contents

The following table shows our sales by major product categories in dollars and as a percentage of total sales for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 (dollars in millions):
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2009     2008  
 
Networking
  $ 1,061.8       81 %   $ 1,061.2       82 %
Security
    163.9       12 %     133.4       10 %
Services
    45.9       4 %     39.6       3 %
Voice
    45.4       3 %     60.7       5 %
                                 
Total
  $ 1,317.0       100 %   $ 1,294.9       100 %
                                 
 
Networking revenue includes sales of our Layer 2 and Layer 3 stackable 10/100/1000 managed switching lines, our modular switching lines, routers, IP storage and our small to medium business market products. Sales of our networking products remained flat from fiscal 2008. Networking revenue was primarily impacted by appreciation of the Renminbi, and to a lesser extent, increased direct-touch sales in China, mostly offset by decreased sales in Western Europe and North America due to longer sales cycles, delayed or cancelled purchases and reduced incoming orders due to adverse business conditions relating to the global economic downturn.
 
Security revenue includes our TippingPointtm products and services, as well as other security products, such as our embedded firewall, or EFW and virtual private network, or VPN, products. Sales of our security products increased $30.5 million or 22.9 percent from fiscal 2008. The increase in sales was primarily related to $19.4 million increased product sales, as we are seeing continued interest in security products and services even in the economic downturn, as well as increased sales of security products in our China-based sales region and increased maintenance revenue in our TippingPoint business of $11.1 million as a result of an increased number of maintenance contracts in our TippingPoint segment.
 
Services revenue includes professional services and maintenance contracts, excluding TippingPoint maintenance which is included in security revenue. Services revenue increased $6.3 million or 15.9 percent from fiscal 2008. The increase in service revenue was driven primarily by increased service sales of $4.3 million tied to growth in our China-based sales region of our Networking Business and, to a lesser extent, increases in sales of $0.66 million in both our Latin America and Asia Pacific Rim regions. The increase in the APR region primarily relates to increased service revenue in Malaysia and Thailand, while the increase in LAT relates to increased networking revenue in fiscal year 2009.
 
Voice revenue includes our VCXtm and NBX® voice-over-internet protocol, or VoIP, product lines, as well as voice gateway offerings. Sales of our Voice products decreased $15.3 million or 25.2 percent from fiscal 2008. The decrease in voice revenue was primarily due to decreased sales in all four of our Rest of World sales regions. The most significant decrease of $11.9 million occurred in our North America region. The primary reasons for the decrease in this region relates to longer sales cycles, delayed or cancelled purchases and reduced incoming orders due to adverse business conditions relating to the global economic downturn.
 
Gross Margin
 
Gross margin by segment was as follows:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year
    2009   2008
 
Networking Business
    55.8 %     50.0 %
TippingPoint Security Business
    68.5 %     67.4 %
Consolidated gross margin
    57.1 %     50.5 %
 
Gross margin in our Networking Business improved 5.8 points to 55.8 percent from 50.0 percent in fiscal 2008. The improvement in gross profit margin is primarily attributable to a change in product mix in all regions to greater higher margin H3C sourced enterprise related solutions and reduced costs. The reduced costs


40


Table of Contents

primarily relate to a change in our customer service delivery model. During the third quarter of fiscal 2008 we changed from an outsourced service provider to a more cost effective hybrid model involving the use of both outsourced and in-house resources.
 
Gross margin in our TippingPoint Security Business increased 1.1 points to 68.5 percent from 67.4 percent in fiscal 2008. The improvement in fiscal 2009 is explained primarily by reduced supply chain costs.
 
Gross margin on a consolidated basis increased 6.6 points to 57.1 percent from 50.5 percent in fiscal 2008. The increase in fiscal 2009 is due principally to the items discussed above, as well as the absence of purchase accounting related adjustments to inventory in connection with our 2007 H3C acquisition in the current fiscal year that were present in the previous fiscal year.
 
Operating Expenses (Income)
 
Operating expenses in fiscal 2009 were $650.8 million, compared to $917.9 million in fiscal 2008, a net decrease of $267.1 million, or 29.1 percent. The decrease primarily relates to the absence of a $158.0 million goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 relating to our carrying value for our acquired TippingPoint business, a favorable resolution of a patent dispute in fiscal 2009 of $70.0 million, net proceeds from a patent sale of $15.2 million and decreased research and development costs due to integration benefits. These reductions were partially offset by increased sales and marketing expenses due to increased investment in our global direct-touch sales force.
 
As a percent of sales, total operating expenses in fiscal 2009 were 49.4 percent, compared to 70.8 percent in fiscal 2008. In the aggregate, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses were 48.0 percent of sales in fiscal 2009, compared to 50.3 percent in fiscal 2008, a decrease of $19.5 million in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. We believe that to a significant degree, these expenses are controllable and discretionary over time, but they are not directly variable with sales levels within a particular period. The most significant component of the decrease of $19.5 million was $26.7 million of decreased research and development costs due to integration as well as decreased general and administrative expenses of $15.2 million. These reductions were partially offset by increased sales and marketing expenses due to increased investment in our direct-touch sales force.
 
A more detailed discussion of the factors affecting each major component of total operating expenses is provided below.
 
Sales and Marketing.
 
Sales and marketing expenses in fiscal 2009 increased $22.4 million compared to fiscal 2008. The increase primarily relates to our increased investment in our direct-touch sales force in our China-based sales region and in our EMEA region and increased stock-based compensation expenses in the current fiscal year as a result of a decrease in our forfeiture rate.
 
Research and Development.
 
Research and development expenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $26.7 million compared to fiscal 2008. The most significant factor contributing to the decrease was continued savings from integration of research and development in all regions in our Networking Business. The majority of the decrease resulted from the migration of the Company’s non-TippingPoint research and development functions to China, resulting in a decrease in headcount of 230 employees from the prior fiscal year as the Company eliminated duplicate testing activities and other activities.
 
General and Administrative.
 
General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $15.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease primarily relates to the absence in fiscal 2009 of deal related costs of $10.6 million related to the now terminated proposed acquisition of the Company, a law firm success fee of $9.0 million related to the jury verdict in our Realtek litigation, a $4.9 million charge related to TippingPoint proposed IPO related costs.


41


Table of Contents

These decreases were partially offset by costs in connection with litigation matters of $4.4 million, an impairment charge related to a decrease in the value of our Hemel, UK land of $1.2 million and increased stock-based compensation expense primarily as a result of a decrease in our forfeiture rate.
 
Amortization.
 
Amortization decreased $8.7 million from the previous fiscal year. The decrease reflects one of our intangible assets becoming fully amortized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the amortization of the Huawei non-compete agreement becoming fully amortized at the end of our second quarter of fiscal 2009, partially offset by currency translation adjustments recorded in the current fiscal year due to the strengthening of the Renminbi.
 
Patent dispute resolution and patent sale.
 
The Company and Realtek Group reached an agreement with respect to certain networking technologies of the Company that resolved a long-standing patent dispute between the companies. Under the terms of the agreement, Realtek paid the Company $70.0 million, all of which was received in the three months ended August 31, 2008. On May 29, 2009, the Company sold 35 patents for $17.0 million to Parallel Technology, LLC. The Company received all of the funds on May 29, 2009. The $17.0 million of proceeds were partially offset by a $1.8 million finder’s fee.
 
The Company recognized the $70.0 million and the net $15.2 million as operating income in the first and fourth quarters, respectively, of fiscal 2009.
 
Restructuring Charges
 
Restructuring charges were $8.7 million in fiscal 2009 and $4.5 million in fiscal 2008. Restructuring charges in fiscal 2009 and 2008 were primarily the result of reductions in workforce and continued efforts to consolidate and dispose of excess facilities. The reduction in workforce primarily related to reductions in research and development employees in our Rest of World region and a change in our TippingPoint executive structure. Further actions may be taken if our business activity declines or additional cost reduction efforts are necessary.
 
See Note 6 to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a more detailed discussion of restructuring charges.
 
Interest Expense, Net
 
Interest expense, net in fiscal 2009 decreased $7.5 million compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily due to the decreased principal balance of our long term debt due to scheduled and voluntary payments of principal, coupled with a lower LIBOR rate on the loan, as well as increased interest income earned on a higher average balance of cash and notes receivable during most of the current fiscal year.
 
Other Income, Net
 
Other income, net in fiscal 2009 increased $7.4 million compared to fiscal 2008. This increase was primarily due to an additional $6.6 million in nontaxable subsidy payments received under a program run by the Chinese VAT authorities on increased sales. The subsidy payments are taken into income on a cash basis. The timing of the receipt, and the continuation of the program, are subject to the discretion of the Chinese VAT authorities. This program is scheduled to terminate on December 31, 2010. The increase was also driven by net foreign currency gains in the current year of $2.8 million compared to a net foreign currency loss of $4.2 million in the prior year.
 
Income Tax Provision
 
We had an income tax provision of $32.6 million in fiscal 2009 compared to an income tax benefit of $2.9 million in fiscal 2008.


42


Table of Contents

The income tax provision for fiscal 2009 represents an effective tax rate of 22.1%, and was primarily the result of providing for income tax on our Chinese profits at 15%, together with a provision of 5% withholding tax ($16.5 million) for the eventual distribution of those profits from the PRC to Hong Kong . This provision was partially offset by the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits of $1.4 million as a result of the effective settlement of certain foreign examinations. Under the new PRC tax law, effective January 1, 2008, companies which qualify as “new and high technology” companies will pay corporate income tax at a reduced rate of 15%. Our H3C subsidiary in China has now qualified for this reduced rate, so that our tax rate in China will be 15%, as long as the law and our circumstances remain unchanged. Notwithstanding the issue discussed above, our H3C subsidiary in China was entitled to tax concessions which began in 2004 and exempted it from the PRC income tax for its initial two years and entitled it to a 50 percent reduction in income tax in the following three years. Calendar year 2008 was the final year of our tax concessions under the old law and the first year of our 15% reduced rate under the new law. There is currently some uncertainty as to whether we can continue to enjoy the benefit of the final year of our concessions at the same time as the reduced rate under the new law. The final determination of our 2008 statutory income tax rate in China is subject to approval by the local tax office and we expect them to consider the complex rules concerning existing concessions under the transition rules, as well as guidance from the PRC State Tax Administration, in granting this approval. Until this uncertainty is clarified, accounting rules require us to provide for income tax on profits arising in calendar year 2008 at the 15% rate, and this is reflected in the fiscal 2009 tax provision. The tax rate in China for calendar year 2007 was 7.5% as a result of the tax concessions discussed above. The remainder of the net provision for the year was the result of providing for taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions.
 
The income tax benefit for fiscal 2008 was primarily the result of the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits of $13.2 million as a result of the effective settlement of certain foreign examinations. This benefit was partially offset by the revaluation in the third quarter of our deferred assets and liabilities relating to our H3C subsidiary in China, following changes in the Chinese tax rate under the new PRC tax law. The net effect of these revaluations was an increase in our tax provision for fiscal 2008 of $6.1 million. The balance of the net benefit for the year was the result of providing for taxes in certain state and foreign jurisdictions.
 
Segment Analysis (tables in thousands)
 
The results of our regional Networking segments, Central Functions, and our TippingPoint Security business as our CODM reviews their profitability are presented below.
 
China-based sales region:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2009     2008  
 
Sales
  $ 727,939     $ 647,718  
Gross profit(a)
    486,888       407,382  
Direct sales and marketing expenses
    136,194       115,996  
                 
Segment contribution profit
  $ 350,694     $ 291,386  
 
Segment contribution profit in fiscal 2009 increased $59.3 million to $350.7 million when compared to the prior fiscal year. Segment contribution profit is standard profit less segment direct sales and marketing expenses. The increase was primarily driven by increased sales and gross profit, partially offset by increased direct sales and marketing expenses due to increased investment in our direct-touch sales force.
 
 
a — Gross profit is defined for this region as standard margin, which is sales less standard cost of sales (which excludes certain indirect cost of goods sold, such as supply chain operations which are included in Central Functions).


43


Table of Contents

 
Rest of World sales region:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2009     2008  
 
Sales
  $ 471,055     $ 546,868  
Gross profit(a)
    273,706       306,556  
Direct sales and marketing expenses
    99,683       99,121  
                 
Segment contribution profit
  $ 174,023     $ 207,435  
 
Segment contribution profit in fiscal 2009 decreased $33.4 million to $174.0 million when compared to the prior fiscal year. Segment contribution profit is standard profit less segment direct sales and marketing expenses. The decrease was primarily related to decreased sales in our EMEA and North America regions due to the weakening of the global economy, partially offset by improved margins due to a change in product mix to more H3C sourced products.
 
 
a — Gross profit is defined for this region as standard margin, which is sales less standard cost of sales (which excludes certain indirect cost of goods sold, such as supply chain operations which are included in Central Functions).
 
Central Functions:
 
                 
    Year Ended  
    2009     2008  
 
Gross profit(a)
  $ (91,585 )   $ (116,370 )
Operating expenses
    285,007       312,341  
                 
Total costs and expenses
  $ 376,592     $ 428,711  
 
Total costs and expenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $52.1 million to $376.6 million when compared to the prior fiscal year. Total expenses include supply chain costs and operating expenses exclusive of those items contained in Eliminations and Other. The decrease was due primarily to a change from an outsourced service provider for customer service activities in the year ago period to a hybrid model, involving the use of both outsourced and in-house resources in the delivery of customer services in the current period. In addition we continued to realize savings from integration of research and development in all regions in our Networking Business, partially offset by increased costs to support the multi-national expansion of our business.
 
 
a — Gross profit represents indirect cost of sales, such as supply chain operations expenses; these costs are not allocated to the sales regions.
 
TippingPoint Security business:
 
                 
    Year Ended  
    2009     2008  
 
Sales
  $ 124,864     $ 104,101  
Gross profit
    85,483       70,197  
Operating expenses
    83,038       70,694  
                 
Segment profit (loss)
  $ 2,445     $ (497 )
 
TippingPoint segment profit in fiscal 2009 was $2.4 million compared to segment loss of $0.5 million in the prior fiscal year. Segment profit is gross profit less operating expenses, exclusive of those items contained in Eliminations and Other. The increase in segment profit was primarily related to increased sales due to increased maintenance revenue of $11.1 million as a result of increased maintenance contracts as well as $9.7 million increased security product sales due primarily to large account sales.


44


Table of Contents

Comparison of fiscal 2008 and 2007
 
During the year ended May 30, 2008 we continued to experience increased performance in our China-based sales region and our TippingPoint security segment offset by declines in our ROW sales region and we continued to reduce operating expenses, offset in part by investment in ROW services.
 
Sales
 
The following table shows our sales from our segments in dollars and as a percentage of total sales for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 (dollars in millions):
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2008     2007  
 
China-based sales region
  $ 647.7       50 %   $ 634.6       49 %
Rest of World sales region
    546.9       42 %     542.7       44 %
TippingPoint security business
    104.1       8 %     90.2       7 %
Eliminations and other
    (3.8 )     0 %           0 %
                                 
Consolidated sales
  $ 1,294.9       100 %   $ 1,267.5       100 %
                                 
 
Sales in our China-based sales region increased $13.1 million or 2.1 percent from fiscal 2007. The increase in sales was primarily driven by appreciation of $36.0 million on the Renminbi as well as increased direct-touch sales of $34.2 million in China, partially offset by decreased sales of $50.0 million to Huawei and decreased sales in the regions outside of China.
 
Sales in our Rest of World sales region increased $4.2 million or 1.0 percent from fiscal 2007. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to increased sales in our EMEA, APR and LAT regions substantially offset by decreased sales in our North America region. The decline in sales in North America was primarily due to weakness in sales of our voice solutions and an economic slowdown as well as perceived apprehension in the market related to the now-terminated proposed acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Bain Capital.
 
Sales in our TippingPoint security business increased $13.9 million, or 15.4 percent from fiscal 2007. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to significant customer wins in North America in fiscal year 2008.
 
Eliminations and other increased by $3.8 million from fiscal 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased sales from our TippingPoint segment to our Rest of World sales region.
 
Consolidated revenues increased by $27.4 million or 2.2 percent from fiscal 2007.
 
The following table shows our sales by major product categories in dollars and as a percentage of total sales for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 (dollars in millions):
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2008     2007  
 
Networking
  $ 1,061.2       82 %   $ 1,043.5       82 %
Security
    133.4       10 %     120.1       10 %
Voice
    60.7       5 %     68.0       5 %
Services
    39.6       3 %     35.9       3 %
                                 
Total
  $ 1,294.9       100 %   $ 1,267.5       100 %
                                 
 
Networking revenue includes sales of our Layer 2 and Layer 3 stackable 10/100/1000 managed switching lines, our modular switching lines, routers, IP storage and our small to medium-sized enterprise market products. Sales of our networking products in fiscal 2008 increased $17.7 million, or 1.7 percent, from fiscal 2007. The increase in sales was primarily driven by expansion in our global sales of our H3C subsidiary’s developed products, and appreciation on the Renminbi related to our sales in our China-based sales region, partially offset by reduced sales to Huawei and slower than expected sales in our North America sales region.


45


Table of Contents

Security revenue includes our TippingPoint products and services, as well as other security products, such as our embedded firewall, or EFW and virtual private network, or VPN, products. Sales of our security products in fiscal 2008 increased $13.3 million, or 11.1 percent, from fiscal 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to increased sales of our TippingPoint products in our North America region due to certain significant customers wins and slightly increased sales on a global basis.
 
Voice revenue includes our VCXtm and NBX® voice-over-internet protocol, or VoIP, product lines, as well as voice gateway offerings. Sales of our VoIP telephony products in fiscal 2008 decreased $7.3 million, or 10.7 percent, from fiscal 2007 due primarily to decreased sales in North America.
 
Services revenue includes professional services and maintenance contracts, excluding TippingPoint maintenance which is included in security revenue. Services revenue in fiscal 2008 increased $3.7 million, or 10.3 percent, from fiscal 2007. The increase was driven primarily by increased service sales tied to growth in networking product sales.
 
Gross Margin
 
Gross margin by segment is as follows:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year
    2008   2007
 
Networking Business
    50.0 %     44.6 %
TippingPoint Security Business
    67.4 %     66.9 %
Consolidated gross margin
    50.5 %     45.6 %
 
Gross margin in our Networking Business improved 5.4 points to 50.0 percent from 44.6 percent in fiscal 2007. The improvement in gross profit margin is driven by favorable product mix, improved pricing of products and reduced costs of products, partially offset by costs associated with our change from an outsourced service provider to a hybrid of outsourced and in-house performance of services to our customers.
 
Gross margin in our TippingPoint Security Business increased 0.5 points to 67.4 percent from 66.9 percent in fiscal 2007. This increase is primarily due to more favorable product mix of sales in the current fiscal year, offset in part by certain cost increases.
 
Gross margin on a consolidated basis increased 4.9 points to 50.5 percent from 45.6 percent in fiscal 2007. The increase in fiscal 2008 is due principally to the items discussed above.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Operating expenses in fiscal 2008 were $917.9 million, compared to $711.0 million in fiscal 2007, a net increase of $206.9 million, or 29 percent. The increase primarily relates to a $158.0 million goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 as well as increased amortization costs of $61.1 million due to a full year of amortization expense in current fiscal period as opposed to one day of amortization expense related to the 49 percent purchase of our H3C subsidiary in the prior fiscal year and to a lesser extent costs related to the now-terminated proposed acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Bain Capital of $10.6 million, a law firm success fee of $9.0 million related to the jury verdict in our Realtek litigation (a dispute which we resolved favorably through an agreement with Realtek to provide it with nonexclusive licenses in exchange for $70 million of license fees), a $4.9 million charge related to expenses incurred in connection with TippingPoint’s then-proposed IPO, and $5.1 million of increased FAS 123R expenses. These expenses were partially offset by the absence of a change-in-control portion of our H3C subsidiary’s EARP bonus program, which contributed compensation expenses of $51.5 million in the year ended May 31, 2007 as well as in-process research and development expenses of $35.8 million in the year ended May 31, 2007.
 
As a percent of sales, total operating expenses in fiscal 2008 were 70.8 percent, compared to 56.1 percent in fiscal 2007. In aggregate, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses were 50.3 percent of sales in fiscal 2008, compared to 49.6 percent in fiscal 2007, an increase of


46


Table of Contents

$22.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007. We believe that to a significant degree, these expenses are controllable and discretionary over time, but they are not directly variable with sales levels within a particular period. The most significant component of the increase of $22.6 million was the incurrence of deal related costs of $10.6 million related to the now terminated proposed acquisition of the Company, a law firm success fee of $9.0 million related to the jury verdict in our Realtek litigation a dispute which we resolved favorably through an agreement with Realtek to provide it with nonexclusive licenses in exchange for $70 million of license fees), increased stock-based compensation expenses of $5.1 million, TippingPoint IPO related costs of $4.9 million and increased spending in all areas partially offset by the absence of change-in-control portion of our H3C subsidiary’s EARP bonus program, which contributed compensation expenses of $51.5 million in the year ended May 31, 2007.
 
A more detailed discussion of the factors affecting each major component of total operating expenses is provided below.
 
Sales and Marketing.
 
Sales and marketing expenses in fiscal 2008 decreased $3.7 million compared to fiscal 2007. This decrease was due primarily to a $7.0 million decrease in our China-based sales region sales and marketing expenses partially offset by increased sales and marketing expenses in our Rest of World sales region and TippingPoint security business. The $7.0 million decrease in our China-based sales region primarily relates to the absence of the change-in-control portion of our H3C subsidiary’s EARP bonus program of $17.7 million in the prior fiscal period partially offset by investments in our China-based sales region direct touch sales force.
 
Research and Development.
 
Research and development expenses in fiscal 2008 decreased $9.0 million compared to fiscal 2007. This decrease was due primarily to decreased spending in both our Networking Business and TippingPoint segment. The decrease in our Networking Business primarily relates to the absence of the change-in-control portion of our H3C subsidiary’s EARP bonus program of $27.2 million in the current fiscal period, partially offset by increased investment in our research and development activities. The TippingPoint segment decreased $3.0 million from the prior fiscal year due to constricted spending.
 
General and Administrative.
 
General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2008 increased $35.2 million from fiscal 2007. This increase is primarily due to the incurrence of deal related costs of $10.6 million related to the now terminated proposed acquisition of the Company, a law firm success fee of $9.0 million related to the jury verdict in our Realtek litigation (a dispute which we resolved favorably through an agreement with Realtek to provide it with nonexclusive licenses in exchange for $70 million of license fees), a $4.9 million charge related to TippingPoint IPO related costs, and $5.0 million of increased FAS 123R expenses partially offset by the absence of the change-in-control portion of our H3C subsidiary’s EARP bonus program of $6.6 million in the year ended May 31, 2007.
 
Amortization.
 
Amortization was $103.7 million in fiscal 2008 and $42.5 million in fiscal 2007, an increase of $61.2 million. Amortization increased due primarily to the inclusion of our H3C subsidiary’s amortization expenses for the entire fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. The fiscal 2007 amortization expense related to the March 29, 2007 purchase of 49 percent of our H3C subsidiary in 2007 was through March 31, 2007 as we record our H3C subsidiary’s results on a two month lag.
 
In-process research and development,
 
In fiscal 2007 $34.0 million of the total purchase price of our acquisition of Huawei’s remaining minority interest in our H3C subsidiary was allocated to in-process research and development and was expensed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007. Projects that qualify as in-process research and development represent those that


47


Table of Contents

have not yet reached technological feasibility and which have no alternative future use. At the time of acquisition, our H3C subsidiary had multiple in-process research and development efforts under way for certain current and future product lines. We had no in-process research and development charges in fiscal 2008.
 
Restructuring Charges.
 
Restructuring charges were $4.5 million in fiscal 2008 and $3.5 million in fiscal 2007. Restructuring charges in fiscal 2008 and 2007 were the result of reductions in workforce and continued efforts to consolidate and dispose of excess facilities.
 
Interest (Expense) Income
 
Interest expense was $13.1 million in fiscal 2008, a decrease of $54.0 million compared to interest income of $40.9 million in fiscal 2007. The net change in interest expense relates to the interest expense from the $430 million of debt incurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, as well as decreased interest income from our reduced cash balance in the current fiscal year.
 
Other Income, Net
 
Other income, net was $44.8 million in fiscal 2008, an increase $6.1 million compared to other income, net of $38.3 million in fiscal 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase of other income from our H3C subsidiary for an operating subsidy program by the Chinese VAT authorities in the form of a partial refund of VAT taxes collected by our H3C subsidiary from purchasers of software products.
 
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
 
We had an income tax benefit of $2.9 million in fiscal 2008 compared to an income tax provision of $10.2 million in fiscal 2007. The income tax benefit for fiscal 2008 was primarily the result of the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits of $13.2 million as a result of the effective settlement of certain foreign examinations. This benefit was partially offset by the revaluation in the third quarter of our deferred assets and liabilities relating to our H3C subsidiary in China due to a change in tax rates. The net effect of these revaluations was an increase in our tax provision for fiscal 2008 of $6.1 million. The balance of the net benefit for the year was the result of providing for taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions.
 
The income tax provision for fiscal 2007 was the result of providing for taxes in certain state and foreign jurisdictions.
 
Minority Interest in Income of Consolidated Joint Venture
 
In fiscal 2007, we recorded a charge of $26.2 million related to the acquisition of the 49 percent interest in our H3C subsidiary held by Huawei prior to our purchase. In fiscal 2008 we had no minority interest.
 
Segment Analysis (tables in thousands)
 
The results of our regional Networking segments, Central Functions, and our TippingPoint Security business as our CODM reviews their profitability are presented below.
 
China-based sales region:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2008     2007  
 
Sales
  $ 647,718     $ 634,649  
Gross profit(a)
    407,382       369,866  
Direct sales and marketing expenses
    115,996       111,487  
                 
Segment contribution profit
  $ 291,386     $ 258,379  


48


Table of Contents

Segment contribution profit in fiscal 2008 increased $33.0 million to $291.4 million when compared to the prior fiscal year. Segment contribution profit is standard profit less segment direct sales and marketing expenses. The increase in segment contribution profit was primarily driven by increased sales and gross profit due to increased higher margin direct-touch sales.
 
 
a — Gross profit is defined for this region as standard margin, which is sales less standard cost of sales (which excludes certain indirect cost of goods sold, such as supply chain operations which are included in Central Functions).
 
Rest of World sales region:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2008     2007  
 
Sales
  $ 546,868     $ 542,654  
Gross profit(a)
    306,556       258,350  
Direct sales and marketing expenses
    99,121       92,809  
                 
Segment contribution profit
  $ 207,435     $ 165,541  
 
Segment contribution profit in fiscal 2008 increased $41.9 million to $207.4 million when compared to the prior fiscal year. Segment contribution profit is standard profit less segment direct sales and marketing expenses. The increase primarily relates to increased gross margin due to increased sales of H3C sourced products.
 
 
a — Gross profit is defined for this region as standard margin, which is sales less standard cost of sales (which excludes certain indirect cost of goods sold, such as supply chain operations which are included in Central Functions).
 
Central Functions:
 
                 
    Year Ended  
    2008     2007  
 
Gross profit(a)
  $ (116,370 )   $ (102,712 )
Operating expenses
    312,341       284,046  
                 
Total costs and expenses
  $ 428,711     $ 386,758  
 
Total costs and expenses in fiscal 2008 increased $42.0 million to $428.7 million when compared to the fiscal year. Total expenses include supply chain costs and operating expenses exclusive of those items contained in Eliminations and Other. The increase was due primarily to increased costs to support the multi-national expansion of our business.
 
 
a — Gross profit represents indirect cost of sales, such as supply chain operations expenses; these costs not allocated to the sales regions.
 
TippingPoint Security business:
 
                 
    Year Ended  
    2008     2007  
 
Sales
  $ 104,101     $ 90,178  
Gross profit
    70,197       60,307  
Operating expenses
    70,694       70,750  
                 
Segment profit (loss)
  $ (497 )   $ (10,443 )
 
TippingPoint segment loss in fiscal 2008 was $0.5 million compared to segment loss of $10.4 million in the prior fiscal year. Segment profit is gross profit less operating expenses, exclusive of those items contained


49


Table of Contents

in Eliminations and Other. The decrease was primarily related to increased sales as well as slightly improved margins.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Cash and equivalents and short-term investments as of May 31, 2009 were $644.2 million, an increase of approximately $140.6 million compared to the balance of $503.6 million as of May 31, 2008. These balances were comprised of the following (in millions):
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Cash and equivalents
  $ 545.8     $ 503.6     $ 559.2  
Short-term investments
    98.4              
                         
Cash and equivalents and short term investments
  $ 644.2     $ 503.6     $ 559.2  
                         
 
The May 31, 2009 and 2008 balance included cash and equivalents and short-term investments in our H3C subsidiary of $527.7 million and $338.9 million, respectively.
 
Short-term investments were invested in Chinese government bonds and central bank bills, with maturity periods from three months to one year.
 
The following table shows the major components of our consolidated statements of cash flows for the last three fiscal years:
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash and equivalents, beginning of period
  $ 503.6     $ 559.2     $ 501.1  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    280.5       54.9       165.5  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (99.4 )     (16.4 )     (505.9 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (147.8 )     (123.9 )     387.9  
Currency impact on cash
    8.9       29.8       10.6  
                         
Cash and equivalents, end of period
  $ 545.8     $ 503.6     $ 559.2  
                         
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $280.5 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $54.9 million in fiscal 2008. The primary factor in the increase was the strong cash generation from our China operations. More specifically, the $225.6 million dollar increase is primarily a result of net income in fiscal 2009 of $114.7 million compared to a net loss of $228.8 million in the previous fiscal year as well as working capital sources during fiscal 2009 of approximately $33.7 million compared to working capital uses in the prior fiscal year of approximately $29.3 million. The primary reasons for the increase in net income relates to the absence of a $158.0 million goodwill impairment in the current fiscal year, as well as our Realtek patent dispute resolution of $70.0 million, increased sales and decreased cost of sales due to product mix changes and cost reductions and a change from an outsourced service provider in the year ago period to a hybrid of outsourced and in-house services to our customers, partially offset by increased sales and marketing expenses.
 
The net change in operating assets and liabilities of $33.7 million was primarily related to an increase in other liabilities of $43.4 million, mostly due to increased customer advance payments in China, increased deferred revenue, and higher VAT and other taxes payable. The increase also relates to the collecting of notes receivable (due primarily form Huawei) in the current fiscal year partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable of ($32.1) million, primarily due to the timing of payments.
 
On September 24, 2008, our board of directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $100 million, effective for one year. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors and we cannot determine at this time the amount of cash we will use under this program. We have already purchased approximately half of the authorized amount under this program. We are authorized to


50


Table of Contents

repurchase the remaining $50 million of common stock under the authorized stock program and may do so at any time without prior notice.
 
Significant commitments that will require the use of cash in future periods include obligations under debt, lease, contract manufacturing and outsourcing agreements, as shown in the following table (in millions):
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligations(1)(2)
  Total     One Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
 
Operating leases(3)
  $ 72.5     $ 22.7     $ 26.3     $ 7.0     $ 16.5  
Purchase commitments with contract manufacturers(4)
    64.2       64.2                    
Long term debt(5)
    200.0       48.0       68.0       84.0        
Outsourcing agreements(6)
    11.3       6.0       4.7       0.6        
                                         
Total
  $ 348.0     $ 140.9     $ 99.0     $ 91.6     $ 16.5  
                                         
 
 
(1) Includes our non-H3C subsidiary related obligations as of May 31, 2009 and our H3C subsidiary obligations as of March 31, 2009.
 
(2) As discussed in “Note 16 — Income Taxes”, we have recorded a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $21.9 million. This liability is included in the balance sheet under the caption “Deferred taxes and long-term obligations”. The table above excludes this liability because it is not possible to estimate with reasonable certainty if or when any or all of the liability will be settled in cash.
 
(3) Includes rent for our Marlborough, MA facility as to which a lease was renewed on June 8, 2009.
 
(4) We have entered into purchase agreements with our contract manufacturers. Pursuant to these agreements, if our actual orders and purchases fall below forecasted levels, we may be required to purchase finished goods inventory manufactured to meet our requirements. In addition, we may be required to purchase raw material and work in process inventory on-hand that is unique to our products, and we may be required to compensate the contract manufacturers with respect to their non-cancelable purchase orders for such inventory. The amount shown in the table above represents our estimate of inventory held by contract manufacturers that we could be required to purchase within the next 12 months. We do not expect any such required purchases to exceed our requirements for inventory to meet expected sales of our products to our customers.
 
(5) Represents required principal payments on our senior secured loan, but does not include required “excess cash flow” payments, for periods greater than one year, which are dependent on whether H3C generates any excess cash flow. The amounts above exclude expected interest payments of $7.2 million that will be paid in the next fiscal year. Interest payments are expected to decline ratably with the debt balance in future years.
 
(6) Under our IT outsourcing agreements and research and development agreement we are subject to service level commitments and contractor commitments levels providing for annual minimum payments that vary depending on the levels we choose. The amounts shown in the table above represent the amounts that would be payable, based on current levels, through the expiration of the agreements. However, our IT agreement may be terminated after 14 months upon 180 days notice. At this time if we were to terminate the contract we would incur a termination fee of approximately $4.5 million
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $99.4 million for fiscal 2009, resulting primarily from outflows related to purchases of short-term investments of $98.2 million and property and equipment of $16.6 million partially offset by net proceeds from patent sales of $15.2 million.
 
We have no material commitments for capital expenditures as of May 31, 2009 other than ordinary course of business purchases of computer hardware, software and leasehold improvements which we generally believe to be consistent with prior practice. In addition, although no firm commitments exist today, as we further develop our worldwide integration plans we may decide to make capital expenditure investments in infrastructure to support a more integrated Company in amounts which could be material.


51


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities was $147.8 million in fiscal 2009. During fiscal 2009, we made principal payments of $101.0 million related to our long term debt, $53.0 million of which was a voluntary prepayment. In addition, we repurchased $53.3 million of shares of stock, of which $50 million was part of our stock repurchase program discussed above. This was partially offset by proceeds of $6.6 million from issuances of our common stock upon exercise of stock options.
 
With respect to our debt payment obligations for the next year, we are required to make interest payments in September 2009 and in March 2010 and a $48 million principal payment in September 2009.
 
As of May 31, 2009, bank-issued standby letters of credit and guarantees totaled $6.6 million, including $5.7 million relating to potential foreign tax, custom, and duty assessments. We provide the bank with cash collateral for 100 percent of these amounts.
 
On December 30, 2008 our H3C subsidiary, which operates our China-based business, renewed the lease for its Hangzhou, China headquarters, effective January 1, 2009. The lease is for a three-year term from January 1, 2009 through and including December 31, 2011. Under the terms of the lease agreement with landlord Huawei Technologies, our H3C subsidiary will pay rent of approximately RMB 34,003,653 (or USD 5 million) per year. On June 8, 2009, we renewed a lease on our Marlborough, MA facility. The lease is for a ten year and two month term from June 1, 2009 through and including July 31, 2019. Under the terms of the lease agreement with landlord Bel Marlborough 1 LLC we will pay an average annual rent of $3.0 million per year.
 
In recent years, we have generated most of our positive cash flow from our China operations. Our capital requirements in Rest of World have been met from cash flow from operations as well as from existing cash balances and permitted dividends from China. Dividends from our China operations to our Rest of World operations are generally subject to the following restrictions: (1) a 10 percent reserve requirement imposed by PRC law (capped at 50% of registered capital), which was $43.9 million at May 31, 2009), (2) a 5% withholding tax imposed by the PRC on profits earned on or after January 1, 2008 and (3) a credit agreement restriction limiting our ability to dividend cash outside of the H3C Group and requiring that a specified percentage of excess cash flow from China be annually used to prepay debt. There are also administrative requirements for making dividends out of China that involve filings with government agencies seeking approval to pay a dividend. Government officials can dictate when we can pay a dividend and can specify specific terms or conditions for making the payment. As of March 31, 2009 the H3C Group’s net assets were $881.3 million and are subject to these dividend restrictions.
 
An important exception to the credit agreement restriction permits us to annually dividend from China to Rest of World the percentage of H3C’s excess cash flow that is not required to be prepaid to the banks under the terms of the agreement, provided that certain conditions are met. We used this exception in 2008 to make a $33.1 million dividend and, assuming we meet all of these conditions and comply with regulatory requirements, we anticipate having the ability to continue to make dividends in the future. In June 2009 we made a dividend of $55.6 million and in July 2009, we paid another $99.4 million. No dividends for these amounts were made to our parent company. We have no prepayment penalty on our loan and at this time our cash and cash equivalents balances significantly exceed our outstanding principal loan balance.
 
In Rest of World we currently do not generate positive cash flow and are experiencing adverse impacts from the global economic slowdown. As a result of these factors, we intend to more aggressively prudently manage cash and monitor discretionary cash spending, especially in periods prior to receipt of any available and permitted annual dividend payments from China.
 
We currently believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements and required loan payments for at least the next 12 months.
 
On May 25, 2007, our subsidiary H3C Holdings Limited (“Borrower”) entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with various lenders, including Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent (the “Credit Agreement”). Under the original credit


52


Table of Contents

agreement, the Borrower borrowed $430 million in the form of a senior secured term loan with two tranches (Tranche A and Tranche B) to finance a portion of the purchase price for 3Com’s acquisition of 49 percent of H3C Technologies Co., Limited, or H3C. Remaining principal is $200 million as of May 31, 2009 and the final loan maturity date is on September 28, 2012.
 
Interest on borrowings is payable semi-annually on March 28 and September 28. All amounts outstanding under the Tranche A Term Facility will bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at the (i) LIBOR, or (ii) Base Rate (i.e., prime rate), in each case plus the applicable margin percentage set forth in the table below, which is based on a “leverage ratio” of consolidated indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries to EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the relevant twelve-month period:
 
                 
Leverage Ratio
  LIBOR +   Base Rate +
 
>3.0:10
    2.25 %     1.25 %
≤3.0:1.0 but > 2.0:1.0
    2.00 %     1.00 %
≤2.0:1.0 but > 1.0:1.0
    1.75 %     0.75 %
≤1.0:1.0
    1.50 %     0.50 %
 
All amounts outstanding under the Tranche B Term Facility will bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at the (i) LIBOR plus 3 percent or (ii) Base Rate (i.e., prime rate) plus 2 percent. We have elected to use LIBOR as the reference rate for borrowings to date, and expect to do so for the foreseeable future. Applicable LIBOR rates at May 31, 2009 were 1.79 percent and the effective interest rate is currently 3.29 percent for the Tranche A Term Facility and 4.79 percent for the Tranche B Term Facility.
 
Covenants and other restrictions under the Credit Agreement apply to the Borrower and its subsidiaries, which we refer to as the “H3C Group,” but not to 3Com’s Rest of World reporting units or TippingPoint. The loans are secured by assets at the H3C level. H3C also guarantees the loans.
 
The loans may be prepaid in whole or in part without premium or penalty. The Borrower will be required to make mandatory prepayments using net proceeds from H3C Group (i) asset sales, (ii) insurance proceeds and (iii) equity offerings or debt incurrence. In addition, the Borrower will be required to make annual prepayments in an amount equal to 75 percent of “excess cash flow” of the H3C Group. This percentage will decrease to the extent that the Borrower’s leverage ratio is lower than specified amounts. Any excess cash flow amounts not required to prepay the loan may be distributed to and used by the Company’s other segments, provided certain conditions are met.
 
The Borrower must maintain a minimum debt service coverage, minimum interest coverage, maximum capital expenditures and a maximum total leverage ratio. Negative covenants restrict, among other things, (i) the incurrence of indebtedness by the Borrower and its subsidiaries, (ii) the making of dividends and distributions to 3Com’s other segments, (iii) the ability to make investments including in new subsidiaries, (iv) the ability to undertake mergers and acquisitions and (v) sales of assets. Also, cash dividends from the PRC subsidiaries to H3C, and H3C to the Borrower, will be subject to restricted use pending payment of principal, interest and excess cash flow prepayments. Standard events of default and defaulted interest rates apply.
 
Remaining payments of the $200.0 million principal on the loans are due as follows on September 28, for fiscal years ending May 31 (in thousands):
 
                         
Calendar Year
  3Com Fiscal Year   Tranche A   Tranche B
 
2009
    2010     $ 46,000     $ 2,000  
2010
    2011       46,000       2,000  
2011
    2012             20,000  
2012
    2013             84,000  
 
The closing of the remaining 49 percent acquisition of our H3C subsidiary triggered a bonus program for substantially all of our H3C subsidiary’s approximately 4,800 employees. This program, which was implemented by Huawei and 3Com in a prior period, is called the Equity Appreciation Rights Plan, or EARP, and


53


Table of Contents

funds a bonus pool based upon a percentage of the appreciation in our H3C subsidiary’s value from the initiation of the program to the time of the closing of the Acquisition. A portion of the program is also based on cumulative earnings of our H3C subsidiary. The total value of the EARP is expected to be approximately $166 million as of May 31, 2009. Approximately $94 million (related to cumulative earnings and change-in-control) was accrued by March 31, 2007 and was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. In the first quarter of fiscal 2009 we paid an additional $34 million. At May 31, 2009, we accrued $24.4 million for the fiscal 2009 EARP plan which is expected to be paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We expect the unvested portion amounting to $14 million will be accrued in our H3C subsidiary’s operating segment over the next fiscal year serving as a continued retention and incentive program for our H3C subsidiary’s employees. The only stipulation for payout is that the participants remain employed with the Company on the date of the payout which is required to be made within a specified period after the anniversary date of our 49 percent H3C acquisition on March 29, 2007.
 
Remaining cash payment requirements under the Equity Appreciation Rights Plan for fiscal years ending May 31 are approximately as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 24,364  
2011
    14,000  
 
It is expected that we will have significant cash outflows in fiscal 2010 of $55.2 million of loan payments for principal and interest and approximately $24.4 million for EARP commitments.
 
EFFECTS OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
For additional information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Market Risk Disclosures.  The following discussion about our market risk disclosures involves forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity.  Interest to be paid by us on our senior secured loan is at an interest rate based, at our option, on either the LIBOR or the prime rate, plus an applicable margin. We expect the base interest rate generally to be based on the published LIBOR rate, which is subject to change on a periodic basis. Recently, interest rates have trended downwards in major global financial markets, stabilizing at relatively low levels over the past few months. If these interest rate trends were to reverse, this will result in increased interest rate expense as a result of higher LIBOR rates. We believe a ten percent increase in LIBOR would not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations. Continued increases in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, particularly if such increases are substantial. In addition, interest rate trends could affect global economic conditions.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk.  A significant portion of our sales and a portion of our costs are denominated in Renminbi, the Chinese currency. At the same time, our senior secured bank loan — which we intend to service and repay primarily through cash flow from H3C’s PRC operations — is denominated in US dollars. In July 2005, China uncoupled the Renminbi from the U.S. dollar and let it float in a narrow band against a basket of foreign currencies. The Renminbi could appreciate or depreciate relative to the U.S. dollar. Any movement of the Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenues, operating results and financial position, and may make it more difficult for us to service our U.S. dollar-denominated senior secured bank loan. More specifically, if the Renminbi appreciates in value as compared with the U.S. dollar, our reported revenues will derive a beneficial increase due to currency translation; and if the Renminbi depreciates, our revenues will suffer due to such depreciation. This currency translation impacts our expenses as well, but to a lesser degree.


54


Table of Contents

Outside of China, most of our sales are invoiced and collected in US dollars, while selling and administrative expenses are incurred in local currency. A depreciation of the US dollar will result in higher selling and administrative expenses outside of the United States, while an appreciation of the US dollar will reduce the reported selling and administrative expenses. With the exception of China, changes in currency valuations should not have a significant impact on our revenue or margin. We believe that a sudden or significant change in foreign exchange rates would not have a material impact on future net income or cash flows other than with respect to the Chinese Renminbi.
 
Cash Investments and Short-Term Investments.  A significant portion of our cash is invested in China, These funds are primarily invested in Chinese Central Bank Bills, Chinese government bonds, and the major state-owned, or state controlled banks, and are denominated in the Chinese Renminbi. Any movement in the value of the Renminbi may materially affect our cash balance. Chinese government bonds typically carry maturity of less than one year. The remainder of the portfolio carries maturities of less than 90 days. We may also invest in offshore money market funds with a rating of Aaa/AAA.
 
Cash holdings outside of China are mostly denominated in US dollars, and are invested in US Treasury Money Market Funds and Repurchase Agreements backed by US Treasuries. We may also invest in US government agency debt rated Aaa/AAA, Banks and Corporate rated A1/P1, Sovereign, non-US Banks & Corporate rated Aa3/AA-, and Money Market Funds rated Aaa/AAA. These investments typically carry maturities of less than 7 days.


55


 

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
         
    Page
 
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    57  
    58  
    59  
    60  
    61  
    62  
Financial Statement Schedules:
       
    107  
    112  
 
All other schedules are omitted, because they are not required, are not applicable, or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.


56


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 3Com Corporation
Marlborough, Massachusetts
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 3Com Corporation and subsidiaries (3Com) as of May 29, 2009 and May 30, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 29, 2009. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of 3Com’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 3Com at May 29, 2009 and May 30, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 29, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 3Com’s internal control over financial reporting as of May 29, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated July 24, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on 3Com’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
July 24, 2009


57


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Sales
  $ 1,316,978     $ 1,294,879     $ 1,267,481  
Cost of sales
    565,514       640,424       689,027  
                         
Gross profit
    751,464       654,455       578,454  
                         
Operating expenses (income):
                       
Sales and marketing
    338,401       316,019       319,696  
Research and development
    179,979       206,653       215,632  
General and administrative
    113,900       129,116       93,875  
Amortization
    95,013       103,670       42,525  
Patent dispute resolution and patent sale
    (85,200 )            
Goodwill impairment
          157,977        
In-process research and development
                35,753  
Restructuring charges
    8,679       4,501       3,494  
                         
Operating expenses, net
    650,772       917,936       710,975  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    100,692       (263,481 )     (132,521 )
Interest (expense) income, net
    (5,563 )     (13,087 )     40,863  
Other income, net
    52,200       44,824       39,434  
                         
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes and minority interest in income of consolidated joint venture
    147,329       (231,744 )     (52,224 )
Income tax (provision) benefit
    (32,604 )     2,903       (10,173 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated joint venture
                (26,192 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 114,725     $ (228,841 )   $ (88,589 )
                         
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
  $ 0.29     $ (0.57 )   $ (0.22 )
                         
Shares used in computing per share amounts:
                       
Basic
    392,092       399,524       393,894  
                         
Diluted
    394,207       399,524       393,894  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


58


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    May 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 545,818     $ 503,644  
Short-term investments
    98,357        
Notes receivable
    40,590       65,116  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $9,645 and $12,253, respectively
    112,771       116,281  
Inventories
    90,395       90,831  
Other current assets
    56,982       34,033  
                 
Total current assets
    944,913       809,905  
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization of $172,717 and $205,835, respectively
    40,012       54,314  
Goodwill
    609,297       609,297  
Intangible assets, net
    198,624       278,385  
Deposits and other assets
    22,511       23,229  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,815,357     $ 1,775,130  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 68,350     $ 90,280  
Current portion of long-term debt
    48,000       48,000  
Accrued liabilities and other
    394,103       366,181  
                 
Total current liabilities
    510,453       504,461  
Deferred taxes and long-term obligations
    40,729       22,367  
Long-term debt
    152,000       253,000  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; none outstanding
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 990,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding: 389,284 and 405,656, respectively
    2,336,961       2,353,688  
Retained deficit
    (1,290,522 )     (1,405,247 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    65,736       46,861  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,112,175       995,302  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,815,357     $ 1,775,130  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


59


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                 
                                        Accumulated
       
                            Unamortized
          Other
       
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Stock-based
    Retained
    Comprehensive
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Compensation     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balances, May 31, 2006
    393,442     $ 2,300,396                 $ (7,565 )   $ (1,087,512 )   $ (2,957 )   $ 1,202,362  
Elimination of unamortized stock-based compensation
            (7,565 )                     7,565                          
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                                               
Net loss
                                            (88,589 )             (88,589 )
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                                                    2,310       2,310  
Accumulated translation adjustments
                                                    4,996       4,996  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                            (81,283 )
Repurchase of common stock
    (2,359 )     (9,041 )     (870 )     (4,259 )             (163 )             (13,463 )
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of cancellations
    7,981       19,471       870       4,259               (142 )             23,588  
Stock-based compensation expense
            20,095                                               20,095  
                                                                 
Balances, May 31, 2007
    399,064       2,323,356                         (1,176,406 )     4,349       1,151,299  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                                               
Net loss
                                            (228,841 )             (228,841 )
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                                                    (209 )     (209 )
Accumulated translation adjustments
                                                    42,721       42,721  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                            (186,329 )
Repurchase of common stock
    (952 )     (3,180 )                                             (3,180 )
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of cancellations
    7,544       8,305                                               8,305  
Stock-based compensation expense
            25,207                                               25,207  
                                                                 
Balances, May 31, 2008
    405,656       2,353,688                         (1,405,247 )     46,861       995,302  
Components of comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                            114,725               114,725  
Accumulated translation adjustments
                                                    18,875       18,875  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            133,600  
Repurchase of common stock
    (22,699 )     (53,378 )                                             (53,378 )
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of cancellations
    6,327       6,571                                               6,571  
Stock-based compensation expense
            30,080                                               30,080  
                                                                 
Balances, May 31, 2009
    389,284     $ 2,336,961           $     $     $ (1,290,522 )   $ 65,736     $ 1,112,175  
                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


60


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 114,725     $ (228,841 )   $ (88,589 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    124,794       136,030       74,990  
Loss (gain) on property and equipment disposals
    1,257       2,224       (14,714 )
Impairment of property and equipment
    1,150              
Minority interest
                26,192  
Stock-based compensation expense
    30,080       25,207       20,095  
Gain on investments, net
          (185 )     (1,417 )
Deferred income taxes
    (10,078 )     (8,206 )     (10,487 )
Goodwill impairment
          157,977        
In-process research and development
                35,753  
Gain on sale of patent
    (15,200 )            
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts and notes receivable
    35,747       7,895       (24,677 )
Inventories
    (3,342 )     32,621       50,589  
Other assets
    (9,945 )     18,429       32,368  
Accounts payable
    (32,075 )     (22,926 )     (34,760 )
Other liabilities
    43,356       (65,348 )     100,195  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    280,469       54,877       165,538  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of held-to-maturity investments
    (98,235 )           (225,005 )
Proceeds from maturities and sales of investments
          442       609,342  
Proceeds from patent sale, net of $1.8 million fee
    15,200              
Purchases of property and equipment
    (16,587 )     (17,893 )     (28,331 )
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions, net of cash acquired
                (898,529 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
    228       1,096       36,580  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (99,394 )     (16,355 )     (505,943 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Issuances of common stock
    6,571       8,305       23,588  
Repurchases of common stock
    (53,378 )     (3,180 )     (13,463 )
Net proceeds from long term debt
                415,811  
Repayments of borrowings
    (101,000 )     (129,000 )      
Dividend paid to minority interest shareholder
                (40,785 )
Other, net
                2,787  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (147,807 )     (123,875 )     387,938  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents
    8,906       29,780       10,587  
Net change in cash and equivalents during year
    42,174       (55,573 )     58,120  
Cash and equivalents, beginning of year
    503,644       559,217       501,097  
                         
Cash and equivalents, end of year
  $ 545,818     $ 503,644     $ 559,217  
                         
Other cash flow information
                       
Interest paid
  $ 14,373     $ 24,362     $ 5,596  
Income tax payments, net of refunds
    19,248       14,199       18,970  
Inventory transferred to property and equipment
    7,202       5,565       8,814  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


61


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1:   Description of Business
 
We are incorporated in Delaware. A pioneer in the computer networking industry, we provide secure, converged networking solutions, as well as maintenance and support services, for enterprises and public sector organizations of all sizes. Headquartered in Marlborough, Massachusetts, we have worldwide operations, including sales, marketing, research and development, and customer service and support capabilities.
 
Note 2:   Significant Accounting Policies
 
Fiscal year
 
Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to May 31. Fiscal 2009 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on May 29, 2009. Fiscal 2008 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on May 30, 2008 and fiscal 2007 consisted of the 52 weeks ended on June 1, 2007. For convenience, the consolidated financial statements have been shown as ending on the last day of the calendar month.
 
Use of estimates in the preparation of consolidated financial statements
 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of sales, costs and expenses during the reporting periods. Such management assumptions and estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts receivable, product returns, rebates and price protection; provisions for inventory to reflect net realizable value, goodwill and other intangible assets, estimation of fair value of acquired businesses, and properties held for sale; valuation allowances against deferred income tax assets; and accruals for severance costs, compensation, product warranty, other liabilities, and income taxes, among others. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates and assumptions.
 
Basis of presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 3Com, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. As discussed in Note 3 we accounted for our investment in the H3C joint venture by the equity method until fiscal 2006, during which we exercised an option to acquire a further 2% interest in the joint venture and obtained control of H3C. We were granted regulatory approval by the Chinese government and subsequently completed this control transaction on January 27, 2006 (date of acquisition). Since that time, we have owned a majority interest in the joint venture and have determined that the criteria of Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-16, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investee When the Investor Has a Majority of the Voting Interest but the Minority Shareholder or Shareholders Have Certain Approval or Veto Rights” have been met. Accordingly, we consolidate H3C’s financial statements beginning February 1, 2006, a date used under the principle of convenience close. We acquired the remaining 49 percent minority interest of H3C on March 29, 2007. H3C follows a calendar year basis of reporting and therefore, H3C is consolidated on a two-month lag. Prior to acquiring majority ownership on January 27, 2006, we accounted for our investment by the equity method. Under this method, we recorded our proportionate share of H3C’s net income or loss based on the most recently available quarterly financial statements.
 
Segment reporting
 
In the prior fiscal year we reported H3C, Data and Voice Business Unit (“DVBU”), TippingPoint Security business (“TippingPoint”) and Corporate as segments. In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we realigned the manner in which we manage our business and internal reporting, and based on the information provided to our chief operating decision-maker (CODM) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance, we have two primary businesses, our Networking Business and TippingPoint Security Business. Accordingly, our previously reported segment information has been restated to reflect our new


62


Table of Contents

operating and reporting structure. Our Networking Business consists of the following sales regions as operating segments: China-based, Asia Pacific Region excluding China-based sales region (Japan and Hong Kong SAR) (APR), Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America (LAT), and North America (NA) regions. The APR, EMEA, LAT and NA operating segments have been aggregated given their similar economic characteristics, products, customers and processes, and have been consolidated as one reportable segment, “Rest of World”. The China-based sales region does not meet the aggregation criteria at this time.
 
The China-based and Rest of World reporting segments benefit from shared support services on a world-wide basis. The costs associated with providing these shared central functions are not allocated to the China-based and Rest of World reporting segments and instead are reported and disclosed under the caption “Central Functions”. Central Functions consist of indirect cost of sales, such as supply chain operations expenses, and centralized operating expenses, such as research and development, indirect sales and marketing, and general and administrative support.
 
Management evaluates the China-based sales region and the Rest of World sales region performance based on segment contribution profit. Segment contribution profit for these regions is defined as “gross profit” less segment direct sales and marketing expenses. “Gross profit” for these regions is defined as sales less standard cost of sales (which excludes certain indirect cost of goods sold, such as supply chain operations which are included in central functions). Our TippingPoint Security business segment is measured on segment profit (loss). Gross profit for the TippingPoint segment is defined as sales less cost of sales. This measure includes all operating costs except those items included in “Eliminations and Other”. Eliminations and other include intercompany sales eliminations, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, restructuring in all periods as well as purchase accounting inventory related adjustments, net patent sale and Realtek patent dispute resolution where applicable.
 
Cash equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.
 
Short-term investments
 
Short-term investments are invested in Chinese government bonds and central bank bills, with maturity periods from three months to one year. These investments were classified as held-to-maturity. As of March 31, 2009, held-to-maturity securities have amortized costs of $98.4 million which approximates fair value according to prevailing market prices.
 
Notes receivable
 
Notes receivable represent bills receivable from eleven Chinese banks to our H3C subsidiary that have maturities of less than six months. These notes originate from customers who settle their commitments to H3C by providing us these bills issued by the Chinese banks. The Chinese banks are responsible to pay our H3C subsidiary. The notes are also commonly referred to as “bankers’ acceptances”. The notes are carried on our balance sheet at amortized cost which approximates fair value.
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
We monitor payments from our customers on an on-going basis and maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. When we evaluate the adequacy of our allowances for doubtful accounts, we take into account various factors including our accounts receivable aging, customer creditworthiness, historical bad debts, and geographic and political risk. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required.


63


Table of Contents

Equity securities and other investments
 
We account for non-marketable equity securities and other investments at historical cost or, if we have the ability to exert significant influence over the investee, by the equity method. At May 31, 2009 and 2008 we no longer held any equity securities. During the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, investment gains (losses) were $(0.2) million, 0.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively and have been recorded in other income, net.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. The carrying value of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, notes receivable and accounts payable approximates their fair market values due to their short-term nature. The Company believes that the carrying value of its outstanding debt approximates fair value.
 
Concentration of credit risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and equivalents, short-term investments, notes receivable and accounts receivable. More than 90% our cash and equivalents and short term investment were invested in A- or above and the average credit rating was A for the period ended May 31, 2009. See Note 18 for sales and accounts receivable concentration disclosures.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost or market, which approximates actual cost. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method.
 
Property and equipment
 
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the lower of fair market value or the present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease. We capitalize eligible costs related to the application development phase of software developed internally or obtained for internal use. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to five years; the amounts charged to amortization expense were zero in fiscal 2009, $0.3 million in fiscal 2008, and $0.4 million in fiscal 2007.
 
Long-lived assets
 
Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be held and used are subject to periodic amortization and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability of long-lived assets is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives of property and equipment are generally 2-15 years, except for buildings for which the useful lives are 25-40 years. As of the date of the balance sheets presented we did not own any buildings with a remaining net book value. Depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining lease terms or estimated useful life.


64


Table of Contents

Goodwill and intangible assets
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, requires goodwill and other indefinite lived intangibles to be tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests when events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. We test our goodwill and other indefinite lived intangibles for impairment annually during our third fiscal quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 we conducted an additional impairment test due to the decline in our stock price as discussed more fully in Note 9. As a result of this testing, we recorded a $158 million goodwill impairment in fiscal year 2008. There was no impairment of goodwill in fiscal years 2009 or 2007. Furthermore, SFAS No. 142 requires intangible assets other than goodwill to be amortized over their useful lives unless these lives are determined to be indefinite. Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally 2-7 years.
 
Revenue recognition
 
We recognize a sale when the product has been delivered and risk of loss has passed to the customer, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the fee is fixed or determinable. The assessment of whether the fee is fixed or determinable considers whether a significant portion of the fee is due after our normal payment terms. If we determine that the fee is not fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue at the time the fee becomes fixed and determinable, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Also, sales arrangements may contain customer-specific acceptance requirements for both products and services. In such cases, revenue is deferred at the time of delivery of the product or service and is recognized upon receipt of customer acceptance.
 
For arrangements that are not considered software arrangements and which involve multiple elements, such as sales of products that include maintenance or installation services, revenue is allocated to each respective element. We use the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and objective evidence of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. Under the residual method, the revenue related to the undelivered element is deferred at its fair value and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, revenue is deferred and recognized when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be established.
 
We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, past transaction history with the customer, and the creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collection of the fee is not reasonably assured, then we defer the fee and recognize revenue upon receipt of payment. We do not typically request collateral from our customers. In the H3C segment, certain customers pay accounts receivable with notes receivable from Chinese banks with maturities less than six months. These are also referred to as “bankers’ acceptances”.
 
A significant portion of our sales is made to distributors and value added resellers (VARs). Revenue is generally recognized when title and risk of loss pass to the customer, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Sales to these customers are recorded net of appropriate allowances, including estimates for product returns, price protection, and excess channel inventory levels. We maintain reserves for potential allowances and adjustments; if the actual level of returns and adjustments differ from the assumptions we use to develop those reserves, additional allowances and charges might be required.
 
For sales of products that contain software that is marketed separately, we apply the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended. Accordingly, we applied SOP 97-2 for the majority of sales from our TippingPoint segment, our Voice sales from our Networking Business and other insignificant specific product sales within our Networking Business. We generally sell our software products with maintenance services, which includes the rights to unspecified updates and product support, and, in some cases, also with consulting services. For these undelivered elements, we determine vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to be the price charged when the undelivered element is sold separately. We determine VSOE for maintenance sold in connection with product based on the amount that


65


Table of Contents

will be separately charged for the maintenance renewal period. We determine VSOE for consulting services by reference to the amount charged for similar engagements when a software license sale is not involved.
 
We recognize revenue from software licenses sold together with maintenance and/or consulting services upon shipment using the residual method, provided that the above criteria have been met. Under the residual method, revenue associated with undelivered elements is deferred at the greater of either the contractually defined amount or the established VSOE of fair value, and any remaining amounts are considered related to the delivered elements and recognized providing all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements cannot be established, we defer all revenue from the arrangement until the earlier of the point at which such sufficient VSOE does exist or all elements of the arrangement have been delivered.
 
We recognize maintenance revenue ratably over the term of the applicable agreement. Sales of services, including professional services, system integration, project management, and training, are recognized upon the completion of performance.
 
Product warranty
 
We provide limited warranty on most of our products for periods ranging from 90 days to the lifetime of the product, depending upon the product. The warranty generally includes parts, labor and service center support. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our warranty obligations and record a liability in the amount of such costs at the time sales are recognized. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. We periodically assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary.
 
Advertising
 
All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred in sales and marketing and were $26.2 million, $28.3 million, and $34.0 million for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Restructuring charges
 
In recent fiscal years, we have undertaken several initiatives involving significant changes in our business strategy and cost structure. In connection with these initiatives, we have recorded significant restructuring charges, as more fully described in Note 6. Generally, costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred. Costs related to employee separation arrangements requiring future service beyond a specified minimum retention period are generally recognized over the service period.
 
Foreign currency remeasurement and translation
 
Our foreign operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and foreign currency transaction costs. Substantially all of our Rest of World sales region and TippingPoint security segment sales transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars. Substantially all of our China-based sales region sales are denominated in Renminbi. For foreign operations with the local currency as the functional currency, local currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated at the year-end exchange rates, and sales, costs and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency translation are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. For foreign operations with the U.S. dollar as the functional currency, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at the year-end exchange rates except for property and equipment which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency denominated sales, costs and expenses are recorded at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency remeasurement are included in other income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Our risk management strategy uses forward contracts to settle certain forecasted foreign currency cash flows outside of China. Due to the limitations on converting Renminbi, we do not engage in currency hedging activities in China at this time. The Company has not designated these contracts for hedge accounting and


66


Table of Contents

gains and losses on these contracts are recorded in earnings and have not been significant during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
We had no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts as of May 31, 2009. We had forward contracts with aggregate notional amounts of $43.6 million outstanding as of May 31, 2008. The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts is based on prevailing financial market information. The carrying amounts, which were also the estimated fair values, of foreign exchange forward contracts were not significant as of May 31, 2008.
 
Other income, net included net foreign currency gains of $2.9 million in fiscal year 2009 and net foreign currency losses of $4.2 million in fiscal year 2008 and $1.2 million in fiscal year 2007.
 
Income taxes
 
We are subject to income tax in a number of jurisdictions. A certain degree of estimation is required in recording the assets and liabilities related to income taxes, and it is reasonably possible such assets may not be recovered and that such liabilities may not be paid or that payments in excess of amounts initially estimated and accrued may be required. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from our future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. We consider historical taxable income, estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the amount of the valuation allowance. We have not provided valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets in China. Based on various factors, including our recent losses, retained deficit, operating performance in fiscal 2009, and estimates of future profitability, we have concluded that future taxable income will, more likely than not, be insufficient to recover most of net deferred tax assets as of May 31, 2009. Accordingly, we have established an appropriate valuation allowance to offset such deferred tax assets.
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), that clarifies the accounting and recognition for income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our tax returns. FIN 48 provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. We adopted FIN 48 on June 2, 2007, which resulted in no adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. As of May 31, 2009 the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $21.9 million including interest, all of which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.
 
We recognize tax liabilities for uncertain items in accordance with FIN 48 and we adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities.
 
We recognize interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of May 31, 2009, the amount of interest included in unrecognized tax benefits was $2.4 million, representing a decrease of $0.1 million during fiscal 2009. There were no penalties accrued in all periods presented.
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of our net income (loss), the impact of foreign currency translation and unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.


67


Table of Contents

An analysis of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
          Accumulated
    Other
       
    Unrealized
    Translation
    Comprehensive
       
    Gain (Loss)     Adjustments     Income (Loss)        
 
Balance as of May 31, 2006
  $ (2,101 )   $ (856 )   $ (2,957 )        
Change in period
    2,310       4,996       7,306          
                                 
Balance as of May 31, 2007
    209       4,140       4,349          
Change in period
    (209 )     42,721       42,512          
                                 
Balance as of May 31, 2008
          46,861       46,861          
Change in period
          18,875       18,875          
                                 
Balance as of May 31, 2009
  $     $ 65,736     $ 65,736          
                                 
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
As described in Note 14, effective June 3, 2006, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation under SFAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payment”. Under the fair value method, compensation cost associated with a stock award is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award itself, determined using established valuation models and principles, and is generally measured as of the date of grant. The fair value of the award is generally recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is typically the vesting period.
 
Estimates of the fair value of equity awards in future periods will be affected by the market price of our common stock, as well as the actual results of certain assumptions used to value the equity awards. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, the expected volatility of the common stock, the expected term of options granted, the risk free interest rate and dividend yield.
 
The fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares is determined by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and applying the single-option approach to the stock option valuation. The options generally vest on an annual basis over four years. We estimate the expected option term by analyzing the historical term period from grant to exercise and also consider the expected term for those options that are outstanding. The expected term of employee stock purchase plan shares is the purchase periods under each offering period. The expected volatility of the common stock is estimated using historical volatility.
 
The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is determined by looking at historical U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bond issues with terms corresponding to the expected terms of the equity awards. In addition, an expected dividend yield of zero is used in the option valuation model, because we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
In order to determine the fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units we utilize the closing market price of 3Com’s common stock on the date of grant.
 
We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In order to determine an estimated pre-vesting option forfeiture rate, we analyzed historical forfeiture data, which yielded a forfeiture rate of 23 percent as of the end of the current fiscal year. We believe this historical forfeiture rate to be reflective of our anticipated rate on a go-forward basis. An estimated forfeiture rate has been applied to all unvested options and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units outstanding as of June 1, 2006 and to all options and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted since June 1, 2006. Therefore, stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those options and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that are expected to vest.
 
We recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of time-based vesting awards for stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and the employee stock purchase plan. We recognize compensation expense for performance based restricted stock in the fiscal quarter when it becomes is probable that the performance metric will be achieved. For unvested


68


Table of Contents

stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2006, we continue to recognize stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated amortization method prescribed in FASB Interpretation No. 28, “Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans”.
 
Net income (loss) per share
 
Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of employee stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, and are excluded from the diluted earnings per share computation in periods where net losses were incurred.
 
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”) to improve reporting and to create greater consistency in the accounting and financial reporting of business combinations. The standard requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS No. 141R amends SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, such that adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred income taxes and acquired income tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141R would apply the provisions of SFAS No. 141R. Given that SFAS No. 141R relates to prospective and not historical business combinations, the potential effects of adoption of SFAS No. 141R on the Company’s consolidated financial statements is dependent on future acquisition activity.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” to improve the relevance, comparability, and transparency of financial information provided to investors by requiring all entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests in subsidiaries in the same way as required in the consolidated financial statements. Moreover, SFAS No. 160 eliminates the diversity that currently exists in accounting for transactions between an entity and non-controlling interests by requiring that they be treated as equity transactions. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating whether the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have an effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. SFAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157”, which provides a one-year deferral of the effective date of FAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value at least annually. Effective June 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 with respect to our financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value, which had no material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. We have not yet determined the impact, if any, of the portion of SFAS No. 157, for which the implementation has been deferred, will have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. Under SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”), entities are permitted to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that previously were not required to be measured at fair value. We did not elect the fair value measurement option under SFAS No. 159 for any of these financial assets or liabilities.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS No. 142-3”). FSP FAS No. 142-3 amends the factors that should


69


Table of Contents

be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS No. 142”). The intent of FSP FAS No. 142-3 is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS No. 141R “Business Combinations”, and other accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. FSP FAS No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of FSP FAS No. 142-3 on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (EPS) under the two-class method described in FASB Statement No. 128, “Earnings per Share”. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (SFAS 165). SFAS 165 intends to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosures of subsequent events that occurred after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of financial statements. SFAS 165 is effective for financial statements issued for interim or fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 165 will not have significant impacts on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Note 3:   Acquisitions
 
H3C
 
On November 17, 2003, we formed H3C, formerly known as the Huawei-3Com joint venture, with a subsidiary of Huawei Technologies, Ltd. (Huawei). H3C is domiciled in Hong Kong, and has its principal operating center in Hangzhou, China.
 
At the time of formation, we contributed cash of $160.0 million, assets related to our operations in China and Japan, and licenses related to certain intellectual property in exchange for a 49 percent ownership interest. We recorded our initial investment in H3C at $160.1 million, reflecting our carrying value for the cash and assets contributed. Huawei contributed its enterprise networking business assets — including Local Area Network (LAN) switches and routers; engineering, sales and marketing resources and personnel; and licenses to its related intellectual property — in exchange for a 51 percent ownership interest. Huawei’s contributed assets were valued at $178.2 million at the time of formation.
 
Two years after formation of H3C, we had the one-time option to purchase an additional two percent ownership interest from Huawei. On October 28, 2005, we exercised this right and entered into an agreement to purchase an additional 2 percent ownership interest in H3C from Huawei for an aggregate purchase price of $28.0 million. We were granted regulatory approval by the Chinese government and subsequently completed this transaction on January 27, 2006 (date of acquisition). Since then, we have owned a majority interest in the joint venture and determined that the criteria of Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-16, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investee When the Investor Has a Majority of the Voting Interest but the Minority Shareholder or Shareholders Have Certain Approval or Veto Rights” were met and, therefore, consolidated H3C’s financial statements beginning February 1, 2006, a date used under the principle of convenience close. As H3C reports on a calendar year basis, we consolidate H3C based on H3C’s most recent financial statements, two months in arrears.
 
Three years after formation of H3C, we and Huawei each had the right to initiate a bid process to purchase the equity interest in H3C held by the other. 3Com initiated the bidding process on November 15, 2006 to buy Huawei’s 49 percent stake in H3C and our bid of $882 million was accepted by Huawei on


70


Table of Contents

November 27, 2006. The transaction closed on March 29, 2007, at which time the purchase price was paid in full.
 
The acquisition transactions were all accounted for as purchases, and accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets purchased and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Due to our consolidation determination, the operating results of H3C for the period February 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 are included in the consolidated financial statements, resulting in the latter two months of H3C’s three months ended March 31, 2006 being included in our year ended May 31, 2006 statement of operations.
 
The purchase prices for our various transactions are shown below (in millions):
 
                         
    2003
    2006
    2007
 
    Investment     Purchase     Purchase  
 
Cash paid for common stock
  $ 160.0     $ 28.0     $ 882.0  
Assets contributed
    0.1              
Acquisition direct costs
    0.0       0.2       8.7  
                         
Total purchase price
  $ 160.1     $ 28.2     $ 890.7  
                         
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” the purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including in-process research and development, based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over those values is recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on management’s estimates and assumptions, and other information compiled by management. Goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized but will be reviewed at least annually for impairment. Purchased intangibles with finite lives will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. The total purchase price has been allocated as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    2003
    2006
    2007
 
    Investment     Purchase     Purchase  
 
Net tangible assets assumed
          $ 7.4     $ 148.6  
Amortizable intangible assets:
                       
Existing technology
  $ 111.7       17.8       180.6  
Non-compete agreement with Huawei
                    33.0  
Distributor agreements
    2.7       0.4       29.1  
                         
Total amortizable intangible assets
    114.4       18.2       242.7  
Amortization prior to the 2006 acquisition
    (65.7 )            
                         
Net amortizable intangible assets
    48.7       18.2       242.7  
In-process research and development
    24.7       0.7       34.0  
Trade name and trademarks
                    55.5  
Goodwill
    43.2       1.9       409.9  
                         
Total purchase price allocation
          $ 28.2     $ 890.7  
                         
 
Intangible assets include amounts recognized for the fair value of existing technology, maintenance agreements, trade name and trademarks, distributor agreements and non-compete agreement. These intangible assets have a weighted-average useful life of approximately five years.
 
In-process research and development (IPR&D) represents incomplete H3C research and development projects that had not reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use as of the acquisition dates. Technological feasibility is established when an enterprise has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that a product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. At the dates of acquisition, H3C had multiple IPR&D efforts under way for certain current and future product lines. Purchased


71


Table of Contents

IPR&D relates primarily to projects associated with the H3C routers and switch products, which had not yet reached technological feasibility as of the acquisition date and had no alternative future use.
 
Of the total purchase price paid in 2007, approximately $148.6 million was allocated to net assets acquired. Net assets were valued at their respective carrying amounts, which management believes approximate fair value, except for adjustments to inventory and deferred revenue. Inventory was adjusted by an increase of $11.1 million in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 2, 2007, to adjust inventory to the actual fair value less direct selling expense. Deferred revenues were reduced by $0.5 million in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 2, 2007, to adjust deferred revenue to the estimated cost plus an appropriate profit margin to perform the support and maintenance services.
 
Approximately $298.2 million of the 2007 purchase price was allocated to acquired identifiable intangible assets. Existing core technology is comprised of products that have reached technological feasibility, which includes most of H3C’s technology. The remainder of intangible assets is associated with maintenance agreements, trademarks, and non-compete agreements. One day worth of the amortization expense related to the amortizable intangible assets was reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended June 2, 2007.
 
Of the total 2007 purchase price, approximately $409.9 million was allocated to goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment at least annually. In the event that we determine that the value of the goodwill has become impaired, an accounting charge for the amount of the impairment will be incurred in the quarter in which such determination is made.
 
Pro forma Results of Operations
 
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated results of operations of 3Com and H3C as if the acquisition of 100 percent of H3C had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented below. Adjustments, which reflect the amortization of purchased intangible assets, in-process research and development and charges to cost of sales for inventory write-ups, have been made to the consolidated results of operations. We also eliminate the inter-company activity between the parties in the consolidated results. The unaudited proforma financial information is not intended, and should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated results of operations or financial condition or the results that would have occurred had the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period.
 
         
    Fiscal Year
    2007
    (In millions,
    except per share amounts)
 
Net sales
  $ 1,267.5  
Net loss
    (201.3 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (0.51 )
 
Roving Planet Acquisition
 
On December 5, 2006, we acquired certain assets and liabilities of Roving Planet, Inc. (“Roving Planet”) to support our strategy of extending our appliance-based intrusion prevention system (“IPS”) business to include network access control (“NAC”) features. Under the terms of the definitive agreement we acquired the Roving Planet assets for $8.0 million in cash, plus assumption of liabilities of approximately $0.2 million.


72


Table of Contents

Based upon the use of established valuation techniques we assigned the purchase price for the acquisition in the following manner (in millions):
 
                 
    2007 Purchase Price
    Useful Life for Purchased
 
    Allocation     Intangible Assets  
 
In-process research and development
  $ 1.7        
Purchased core technology
    3.1       3years  
Goodwill
    3.2        
Other
    0.2        
                 
Total acquisition value
  $ 8.2        
                 
 
Note 4:   Fair Value
 
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
 
Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
Level 2 — Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.
 
The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
 
In accordance with SFAS 157, we measure our cash equivalents at fair value and classify them within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The classification has been determined based on the manner in which we value our cash equivalents, primarily using quoted market prices or alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs.


73


Table of Contents

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following types of instruments and were reported as cash equivalents as of May 31, 2009:
 
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
    Quoted Prices
                   
    in Active
    Significant
             
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
       
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
       
    Instruments
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Total
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Balance  
    (In thousands)  
 
Assets
                               
Cash equivalents:
                               
Time deposits and bank deposits with a maturity less than 3 months
  $     $ 313,315     $     $ 313,315  
Money market fund deposits
    132,380                   132,380  
China government bonds and bank bills with a maturity of less than 3 months
    100,123                       100,123  
                                 
Total assets measured at fair value
  $ 232,503     $ 313,315     $     $ 545,818  
                                 
 
Money market funds, China government bonds and bank bills are measured based on quoted market prices. Time deposits and bank deposits are measured based on similar assets and/or subsequent transactions.
 
Note 5:   Realtek Patent Dispute Resolution and Patent Sale
 
On July 11, 2008, 3Com Corporation and Realtek Semiconductor Corp. (the “Realtek Group”) entered into three agreements which document the resolution of a several-year-long patent litigation between the parties and provide for the non-exclusive license by 3Com to the Realtek Group of certain patents and related network interface technology for license fees totaling $70.0 million, all of which was received in the three months ended August 31, 2008.
 
The basic agreement between 3Com and the Realtek Group documents the resolution of the litigation between the parties and provides for the dismissal of the lawsuit and mutual releases between the parties.
 
Under the terms of the agreements, the payments are non-refundable and the Company has no future performance obligations, apart from certain customary covenants not to sue Realtek, its customers or its suppliers on the licensed technology, and non-material notice and tax assistance obligations. Accordingly, the $70.0 million was recognized as income in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 in the operating expense (income) section of the consolidated statements of operations.
 
On May 29, 2009, 3Com Corporation sold 35 patents for $17.0 million to Parallel Technology, LLC. The proceeds were partially offset by a $1.8 million finder’s fee associated with selling these patents. Accordingly, the net $15.2 million was recognized as income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 in the operating expense (income) section of the consolidated statements of operations. All cash was received on May 29, 2009. As of May 29, 2009, the Company had no significant unfulfilled performance obligations.
 
Note 6:   Restructuring Charges
 
In recent fiscal years, we have undertaken several initiatives involving significant changes in our business strategy and cost structure.


74


Table of Contents

We continued a broad restructuring of our business to enhance the focus and cost effectiveness of our segments in serving their respective markets. These restructuring efforts continued through fiscal 2009. We took the following specific actions in fiscal 2004 through 2009 (the “Fiscal 2004 — 2009 Actions”):
 
  •  reduced our workforce; and
 
  •  continued efforts to consolidate and dispose of excess facilities
 
Restructuring charges related to these various initiatives were $8.7 million in fiscal 2009, $4.5 million in fiscal 2008, and $3.5 million in fiscal 2007. Such charges were net of credits of $0.7 million in fiscal 2009, $0.5 million in fiscal 2008, and $13.3 million in fiscal 2007. The 2007 credits primarily related to an $8.8 million gain on the sale of our former Santa Clara, CA building, which had previously been included in restructuring charges, and $4.2 million related to employee separation expenses for which the right to continue to receive payments was forfeited. The $8.7 million of net expense in fiscal 2009 consists of severance and outplacement costs of $7.3 million and $1.4 million of facilities and other restructuring items. The severance and outplacement costs primarily relate to a decrease in headcount of research and development employees as the Company eliminated duplicate testing activities as well as $2.0 million of severance costs related to the integration of our TippingPoint segment. The $1.4 million of facilities and other restructuring expenses primarily relate to vacating part of our Marlborough, MA facility for which we ceased use during the second quarter of fiscal 2009.
 
Accrued liabilities associated with restructuring charges are included in the caption “Accrued liabilities and other” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These liabilities are classified as current because we expect to satisfy such liabilities in cash within the next 12 months.
 
Fiscal 2009 Actions
 
Activity and liability balances related to the fiscal 2009 restructuring actions are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Employee
    Facilities-
    Other
             
    Separation
    Related
    Restructuring
             
    Expense     Charges     Costs     Total        
 
Balance as of May 31, 2008
  $     $     $     $          
Provisions
    6,146       617       801       7,564          
Payments and non-cash charges
    (4,685 )     (617 )     (801 )     (6,103 )        
                                         
Balance as of May 31, 2009
  $ 1,461     $     $     $ 1,461          
                                         
 
Employee separation expenses include severance pay, outplacement services, medical and other related benefits. The reduction in workforce affected employees involved in research and development, sales and marketing, customer support, and general and administrative functions. Through May 31, 2009, the total reduction in workforce associated with actions initiated during fiscal 2009 included approximately 110 employees who had been separated or were currently in the separation process. Facilities-related charges relate to vacating part of our Marlborough, MA facility for which we ceased use during the second quarter of fiscal 2009. Non-cash charges include depreciation against restructured assets, and stock-based compensation charges as applicable.
 
We believe that all remaining payments will be completed by the end of fiscal 2010.


75


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2008 Actions
 
Activity and liability balances related to the fiscal 2008 restructuring actions are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Employee
       
    Separation
       
    Expense     Total  
 
Balance as of May 31, 2007
  $     $  
Provisions
    4,285       4,285  
Payments
    (3,598 )     (3,598 )
                 
Balance as of May 31, 2008
  $ 687     $ 687  
                 
Provisions
    1,288       1,288  
Payments
    (1,975 )     (1,975 )
                 
Balance as of May 31, 2009
  $     $  
                 
 
Employee separation expenses include severance pay, outplacement services, medical and other related benefits. The reduction in workforce affected employees primarily involved in research and development. Through May 31, 2009, the total reduction in workforce associated with actions initiated during fiscal 2008 included approximately 122 employees who had been separated or were currently in the separation process.
 
Fiscal 2007 Actions
 
Activity and liability balances related to the fiscal 2007 restructuring actions are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Employee
    Facilities-
    Other
       
    Separation
    Related
    Restructuring
       
    Expense     Charges     Costs     Total  
 
Balance as of May 31, 2006
  $     $     $     $  
Provisions
    12,134       (7,501 )     247       4,880  
Payments and non-cash charges
    (10,804 )     7,765       (247 )     (3,286 )
                                 
Balance as of May 31, 2007
    1,330       264             1,594  
                                 
Provisions
    (93 )     71       53       31  
Payments
    (1,237 )     (198 )     (53 )     (1,488 )
                                 
Balance as of May 31, 2008
  $     $ 137     $     $ 137  
                                 
Provisions
          (36 )           (36 )
Payments
          (54 )           (54 )
                                 
Balance as of May 31, 2009
  $     $ 47     $     $ 47  
                                 
 
Employee separation expenses include severance pay, outplacement services, medical and other related benefits. The reduction in workforce affected employees involved in research and development, sales and marketing, customer support, and general and administrative functions. Through May 31, 2009, the total reduction in workforce associated with actions initiated during fiscal 2007 included 233 employees. In fiscal 2007 we received $16 million of proceeds from the sale of our Santa Clara facility resulting in a $8.8 million gain. Non-cash charges include depreciation against restructured assets as applicable.


76


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 Actions
 
Activity and liability balances related to the fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 restructuring actions are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Employee
    Long-term
    Facilities-
    Other
       
    Separation
    Asset
    Related
    Restructuring
       
    Expense     Write-downs     Charges     Costs     Total  
 
Balance as of May 31, 2006
  $ 6,720     $ 255     $ 6,532     $ 18     $ 13,525  
Provisions
    (2,083 )     (255 )     949       3       (1,386 )
Payments and non-cash charges
    (4,334 )           (6,002 )     (21 )     (10,357 )
                                         
Balance as of May 31, 2007
    303             1,479             1,782  
                                         
Provisions
    133             49       3       185  
Payments
    (408 )           (980 )     (3 )     (1,391 )
                                         
Balance as of May 31, 2008
  $ 28     $     $ 548     $     $ 576  
                                         
Provisions
    (6 )           (131 )           (137 )
Payments
    (6 )           (417 )           (423 )
                                         
Balance as of May 31, 2009
  $ 16     $     $     $     $ 16  
                                         
 
The reductions in workforce affected employees involved in sales, customer support, product development, and general and administrative positions.
 
Facilities-related charges included accelerated depreciation of buildings, write-downs of land and buildings held for sale, losses on sales of facilities, and lease obligations.
 
Other restructuring costs included payments to suppliers and contract termination fees.
 
Non-cash charges include depreciation against restructured assets as applicable.
 
Note 7:   Inventories
 
Inventories consist of (in thousands):
 
                 
    May 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Finished goods
  $ 69,860     $ 62,055  
Work-in-process
    3,420       6,119  
Raw materials
    17,115       22,657  
                 
Total
  $ 90,395     $ 90,831  
                 


77


Table of Contents

Note 8:   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment, net, consists of (in thousands):
 
                 
    May 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Land
  $ 574     $ 1,724  
Machinery and equipment
    153,655       196,933  
Software
    27,994       25,988  
Furniture and fixtures
    5,324       6,668  
Leasehold improvements
    23,674       23,390  
Construction in progress
    1,508       5,446  
                 
Total
    212,729       260,149  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (172,717 )     (205,835 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 40,012     $ 54,314  
                 
 
Significant property and equipment transactions
 
During fiscal 2009 depreciation expense was $25.6 million compared to $34.4 million in fiscal 2008 and $32.5 million in fiscal 2007.
 
We continue to carry the Hemel Hempstead, UK land, which was damaged in December of 2005, as “held for use” on our balance sheet. With no feasible business necessity to keep this property, we are soliciting offers from prospective buyers to acquire the building and land. We believe this process will take more than one year and as a result we have kept the land classified as held for use. During fiscal 2009 we conducted an impairment analysis of the Hemel land due to the decline in market values of real estate. We determined that the fair market value of the land was $0.6 million and recorded a charge of $1.2 million. During 2007 we received insurance proceeds of approximately $28 million in connection with the damaged property and recorded a gain of approximately $3 million.
 
During fiscal 2009 we removed from service fully depreciated fixed assets of $45.5 million.
 
Note 9:   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
We apply the provisions of SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives which are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We performed our annual goodwill impairment review as of February 27, 2009 for our TippingPoint reporting unit and December 31, 2008 for our China-based reporting unit (as our China-based region reports on a two month lag), and noted no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives. There were no triggering events in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 that required an additional impairment test. In making this assessment, we rely on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and our judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Reporting unit valuations have been calculated using a combination of an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit and a market approach. The income approach incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, discount factors, expected capital expenditures and income tax cash flows. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in a goodwill impairment in future periods. In conjunction with our annual goodwill impairment tests, we reconcile the sum of the valuations of all of our reporting units to our market capitalization as of such dates.
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, subsequent to our annual goodwill impairment review, a significant reduction in our market value occurred. As a result, we concluded that we needed to evaluate whether an impairment in the fair value of our reporting units had occurred subsequent to our annual test.


78


Table of Contents

As a result of these triggering events, we tested goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets related to our H3C and TippingPoint reporting units for impairment as of April 25, 2008. The fair value of the reporting units was considered using both an income approach and market approach. Based on the results of our appraisal and valuation activities H3C’s fair value was greater than its carrying value and no other action was deemed necessary related to H3C. Based on the results of our appraisal and valuation activities, the TippingPoint reporting unit’s fair value was determined to be below its carrying value. We then determined the implied fair value of goodwill by determining the fair value of all the assets and liabilities of the TippingPoint reporting unit. As a result of this process, we determined that the fair value of goodwill for the TippingPoint reporting unit was $153.4 million. The carrying value of the TippingPoint goodwill was $311.4 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $158.0 million. Our other long-lived assets within the H3C and TippingPoint asset groups were also tested for impairment due to this triggering event, concluding that the assets are recoverable from their projected cash flows.
 
The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill (in thousands):
 
                         
    China-Based
    TippingPoint
       
    Sales Region     Segment     Total  
 
Balance May 31, 2007
  $ 455,894     $ 311,380     $ 767,274  
Impairment charge
          (157,977 )     (157,977 )
                         
Balance May 31, 2008
    455,894       153,403       609,297  
Impairment charge
                 
                         
Balance May 31, 2009
  $ 455,894     $ 153,403     $ 609,297  
                         
 
Intangible assets consist of (in thousands, except for weighted average remaining life):
 
                                                                 
    May 31, 2009     May 31, 2008  
    Weighted
                      Weighted
                   
    Average
                      Average
                   
    Remaining
                      Remaining
                   
    Amortization
          Accumulated
          Amortization
          Accumulated
       
    Period     Gross     Amortization     Net     Period     Gross     Amortization     Net  
 
Existing technology
    3.6     $ 398,178     $ (272,460 )   $ 125,718       4.6     $ 380,254     $ (198,682 )   $ 181,572  
Trademark
    NA       55,502             55,502       NA       55,502             55,502  
Huawei non-compete
    0.0       37,283       (37,283 )           0.5       33,650       (22,072 )     11,578  
OEM agreement
    1.0       23,777       (14,852 )     8,925       2.0       24,844       (7,947 )     16,897  
Maintenance agreements
    1.7       19,000       (13,724 )     5,276       2.7       19,000       (10,556 )     8,444  
Other
    2.0       22,697       (19,494 )     3,203       2.0       22,176       (17,784 )     4,392  
                                                                 
            $ 556,437     $ (357,813 )   $ 198,624             $ 535,426     $ (257,041 )   $ 278,385  
                                                                 
 
During fiscal 2009 our gross intangible assets increased by $21.0 million due to the appreciation on the Renminbi affecting the value of certain intangible assets tied to out our H3C subsidiary. Net intangible assets at May 31, 2009 in our China-based sales region were $182.0 million and in our TippingPoint segment were $16.6 million.
 
Additionally, in fiscal 2008 our gross intangible assets increased by $10.5 million due to the appreciation on the Renminbi affecting the value of certain intangible assets tied to our H3C subsidiary. These intangible assets have a weighted-average useful life of approximately four years.
 
Annual amortization expense related to intangible assets is expected to be as follows for each of the following five succeeding fiscal years (in thousands):
 
                                         
    2010   2011   2012   2013   2014
 
Amortization expense
  $ 66,413     $ 42,198     $ 17,123     $ 17,388        


79


Table of Contents

Note 10:   Accrued Liabilities and Other
 
Accrued liabilities and other consist of (in thousands):
 
                 
    May 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Accrued payroll and related expenses
  $ 87,306     $ 103,421  
Deferred revenue
    80,181       66,844  
Accrued rebates and other marketing accruals
    54,029       65,900  
Advances from customers
    45,073       31,084  
Income and other taxes payable
    34,720       5,134  
Accrued product warranty
    29,587       36,897  
EARP Accrual
    24,364       34,535  
Restructuring
    1,514       1,400  
Other
    37,329       20,966  
                 
Total
  $ 394,103     $ 366,181  
                 
 
Note 11:   Accrued Warranty
 
Most products are sold with varying lengths of limited warranty ranging from 90 days to lifetime. Allowances for estimated warranty obligations are recorded in the period of sale, based on historical experience related to product failure rates and actual warranty costs incurred during the applicable warranty period and are recorded as part of cost of goods sold. Also, on an ongoing basis, we assess the adequacy of our allowances related to warranty obligations recorded in previous periods and may adjust the balances to reflect actual experience or changes in future expectations.
 
The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for estimated warranty costs (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Accrued warranty, beginning of year
  $ 36,897     $ 40,596     $ 41,791  
Cost of warranty claims
    (31,245 )     (37,688 )     (46,950 )
Accrual for warranties issued during the year
    23,935       33,989       46,406  
Adjustments to preexisting warranties
                (651 )
                         
Accrued warranty, end of year
  $ 29,587     $ 36,897     $ 40,596  
                         
 
Note 12:   Long-Term Debt
 
On May 25, 2007, our subsidiary H3C Holdings Limited (“Borrower”) entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with various lenders, including Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent (the “Credit Agreement”). Under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower borrowed $430 million in the form of a senior secured term loan in two tranches (Tranche A and Tranche B) to finance a portion of the purchase price for 3Com’s acquisition of 49 percent of H3C Technologies Co., Limited, or H3C. The Borrower and its subsidiaries are referred to collectively as the “H3C Group.”
 
Interest on borrowings is payable semi-annually on March 28 and September 28, and commenced on September 28, 2007. Interest is accrued at the six month LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. All amounts outstanding under the Tranche A Term Facility will bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at the (i) LIBOR, or (ii) Base Rate (i.e., prime rate), in each case plus the applicable margin percentage set forth in the table


80


Table of Contents

below, which is based on a “leverage ratio” of consolidated indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries to EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the relevant twelve-month period:
 
                 
Leverage Ratio
  LIBOR +   Base Rate +
 
>3.0:10
    2.25 %     1.25 %
≤3.0:1.0 but > 2.0:1.0
    2.00 %     1.00 %
≤2.0:1.0 but > 1.0:1.0
    1.75 %     0.75 %
≤1.0:1.0
    1.50 %     0.50 %
 
All amounts outstanding under the Tranche B Term Facility will bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at the (i) LIBOR plus 3 percent or (ii) Base Rate (i.e., prime rate) plus 2 percent. We have elected to use LIBOR as the reference rate for borrowings to date. Applicable LIBOR rates at May 31, 2009 were 1.79 percent and the effective interest rate at May 31, 2009 was 3.29 percent for the Tranche A Term Facility and 4.79 percent for the Tranche B Term Facility.
 
The Borrower’s principal asset is 100 percent of the shares of H3C Technologies Co., Limited. Covenants and other restrictions under the Credit Agreement apply to the H3C Group. Required payments under the loan are generally expected to be serviced by cash flows from the H3C Group, while the loan is secured by assets at the H3C level.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement may be prepaid in whole or in part without premium or penalty. The Borrower will be required to make mandatory prepayments using net proceeds from H3C Group (i) asset sales, (ii) insurance proceeds and (iii) equity offerings or debt incurrence. In addition, to the extent there exists excess cash flow as defined under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower will be required to make annual prepayments. Any excess cash flow amounts not required to prepay the loan may be distributed to and used by the Company outside of the H3C Group, provided certain conditions are met.
 
H3C and all other existing and future subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than PRC subsidiaries or small “excluded subsidiaries”) will guarantee all obligations under the loans and are referred to as “Guarantors”. The loan obligations are secured by (1) first priority security interests in all assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors, including their bank accounts, and (2) a first priority security interest in 100 percent of the capital stock of the Borrower and H3C and the PRC subsidiaries of H3C. The debt bears interest at floating rates therefore the carrying value approximates fair value.
 
The Borrower must maintain a minimum debt service coverage, minimum interest coverage, maximum capital expenditures and a maximum total leverage ratio. Negative covenants restrict, among other things, (i) the incurrence of indebtedness by the Borrower and its subsidiaries, (ii) the making of dividends and distributions to the Company outside of the H3C Group, (iii) the ability to make investments including in new subsidiaries, (iv) the ability to undertake mergers and acquisitions and (v) sales of assets. As of May 31, 2009, the H3C Group’s net assets were $881.3 million and are subject to these dividend restrictions. Also, cash dividends from the PRC subsidiaries to H3C, and H3C to the Borrower, will be subject to restricted use pending payment of principal, interest and excess cash flow prepayments. Standard events of default apply.
 
Remaining payments of the $200 million principal are due on September 28, of each year as follows, (in thousands):
 
                     
Calendar Year
 
3Com Fiscal Year
  Tranche A   Tranche B
 
2009
  2010   $ 46,000     $ 2,000  
2010
  2011     46,000       2,000  
2011
  2012           20,000  
2012
  2013           84,000  
 
During fiscal 2009, the Company made a voluntary prepayments of $53.0 million of principal, for which the Company did not incur a penalty. The prepayments were applied to reduce our fiscal year 2013 Tranche B principal balance.


81


Table of Contents

Note 13:   Borrowing Arrangements and Commitments
 
We provide collateral for standby letters of credit, guarantees and similar arrangements generally given to support commercial transactions and government tax requirements. As of May 31, 2009, these facilities were $6.6 million and fully cash collateralized.
 
We lease certain of our facilities under operating leases. Leases expire at various dates from fiscal 2010 to 2019, and certain leases have renewal options with rentals based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index or the fair market rental value of the property. We also sublet certain of our leased facilities to third party tenants. The sublease agreements expire in June 2011.
 
Future operating lease commitments and future rental income as of May 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Future Lease
    Future Rental
 
Fiscal Year
  Payments     Income  
 
2010
  $ 21,957     $ 58  
2011
    14,993       5  
2012
    5,638        
2013
    694        
2014
    404          
Thereafter
           
                 
Total
  $ 43,686     $ 63  
                 
 
Rent expense was approximately $33.2 million in fiscal 2009, $32.8 million in fiscal 2008, and $27.7 million in fiscal 2007. Rental income, which includes rents received for both owned and leased property, was $0.1 million in fiscal 2009, $0.8 million in fiscal 2008, and $5.5 million in fiscal 2007, and is recorded as an offset to operating expenses.
 
On June 8, 2009, 3Com renewed the lease for its headquarters building at 350 Campus Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts (the “Lease”). The Lease is for a ten-year, two month term from June 1, 2009 through and including July 31, 2019 and covers space totaling approximately 132,798 rentable square feet. The total cash obligation over the term is approximately $30.8 million, excluded from the table above. 3Com has the option to extend the lease and a one-time option to terminate the Lease in exchange for an early termination fee. The facility will continue to be used for headquarters functions, as well as general administrative office uses and activities such as research and development and sales and training.
 
We have entered into purchase agreements with our contract manufacturers. As of May 31, 2009 we had purchase commitments of $64.2 million. We have entered into outsourcing agreements with external vendors. As of May 31, 2009 we had outsourced commitments of $11.3 million. $6.0 million of which will be due in less than 1 year.
 
Note 14:   Stock Based Compensation Plans
 
Stock Based Compensation.  Effective June 3, 2006, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation under SFAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payment”. Under the fair value method, compensation cost associated with a stock award is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award itself, determined using established valuation models and principles, and is generally measured as of the date of grant.
 
Estimates of the fair value of equity awards granted are affected by the market price of our common stock, as well as certain assumptions used to value the equity awards. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, the expected volatility of the common stock, the expected term of options granted, the risk free interest rate and dividend yield.
 
The fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares is determined by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and applying the single-option approach to the stock option valuation. The


82


Table of Contents

options generally have vesting on an annual basis over a vesting period of four years. We estimate the expected option term by analyzing the historical term period from grant to exercise. The expected term of employee stock purchase plan shares is the purchase periods under each offering period. The volatility of the common stock is estimated using historical volatility.
 
The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is determined by looking at historical U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bond issues with terms corresponding to the expected terms of the equity awards. In addition, an expected dividend yield of zero is used in the option valuation model, because we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
In order to determine the fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units we use the closing market price of 3Com common stock on the date of grant.
 
We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In order to determine an estimated pre-vesting option forfeiture rate, we analyzed historical forfeiture data, which yielded a current forfeiture rate of 23 percent as of the end of the current fiscal year. We believe this historical forfeiture rate to be reflective of our anticipated rate on a go-forward basis. An estimated forfeiture rate has been applied to all unvested options and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units outstanding as of June 1, 2006 and to all options and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted since June 1, 2006. Therefore, stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those options and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that are expected to vest.
 
We recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of time-based vesting awards for stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and the employee stock purchase plan. We recognize compensation expense for performance based restricted stock in the fiscal quarter that it becomes probable that the performance metric will be achieved. For unvested stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2006, we continue to recognize stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated amortization method prescribed in FASB Interpretation No. 28, “Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans”.
 
The Company issues new shares or reissues treasury shares, if available, upon settlement of share based payments.
 
The following table presents stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
 
                         
    May, 31,
    May 31,
    May 31,
 
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Cost of sales
  $ 3,028     $ 2,134     $ 1,576  
Sales and marketing
    8,615       5,976       5,756  
Research and development
    3,939       3,993       4,621  
General and administrative
    14,498       13,104       8,142  
                         
Stock-based compensation expense
  $ 30,080     $ 25,207     $ 20,095  
                         
 
As of May 31, 2009, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to unvested employee stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and employee stock purchase plan, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was $5.4 million, $2.5 million, $10.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively. These amounts are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years for stock options, 1.8 years for restricted stock awards, 1.9 years for restricted stock units and 0.3 years for employee stock purchase plan. If actual forfeitures differ from current estimates, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense will be adjusted for changes in estimated forfeitures.
 
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. The underlying weighted-


83


Table of Contents

average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model and the resulting estimates of fair value per share were as follows for options granted during the years ended May 31, 2009, May 31, 2008 and May 31, 2007:
 
                         
    2009   2008   2007
 
Employee stock options:
                       
Volatility
    51.3 %     46.2 %     42.7 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.6 %     3.0 %     4.7 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected life (years)
    4.7       4.0       4.0  
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $ 1.04     $ 1.15     $ 1.67  
Restricted stock awards:
                       
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $ 2.28     $ 2.88     $ 4.45  
Restricted stock units:
                       
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $ 2.38     $ 3.46     $ 4.36  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
                       
Volatility
    70.9 %     68.6 %     39.2 %
Risk-free interest rate
    0.8 %     2.5 %     5.1 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected life (years)
    0.5       0.5       0.5  
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $ 0.97     $ 1.10     $ 1.20  
 
Stock Options.  Stock option detail activity was as follows (shares in thousands):
 
                 
    Number of
    Weighted-Average
 
    Shares     Exercise Price  
 
Outstanding, May 31, 2006
    61,421     $ 5.71  
Granted
    24,285       4.71  
Exercised
    (2,527 )     3.00  
Forfeited
    (16,538 )     4.79  
Expired
    (14,361 )     7.27  
                 
Outstanding, May 31, 2007
    52,280       5.23  
Granted
    6,362       2.95  
Exercised
    (1,823 )     2.11  
Forfeited
    (8,896 )     4.73  
Expired
    (3,998 )     6.93  
                 
Outstanding, May 31, 2008
    43,925       4.98  
Granted
    1,403       2.30  
Exercised
    (1,572 )     2.00  
Forfeited
    (3,367 )     4.33  
Expired
    (12,028 )     5.39  
                 
Outstanding, May 31, 2009
    28,361     $ 4.92  
                 
 
Options outstanding that are vested and expected to vest as of May 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
                                 
            Weighted-
   
        Weighted-
  Average
   
        Average
  Remaining
  Aggregate
    Number of
  Option
  Contractual
  Intrinsic Value
    Shares   Price   Life (in Years)   (In thousands)
 
Vested and expected to vest at May 31, 2009
    26,140,182     $ 5.07       3.2     $ 15,085  


84


Table of Contents

As of May 31, 2009, there were approximately 20.2 million options exercisable with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.58 per share. By comparison, there were approximately 28.6 million options exercisable as of May 31, 2008 with a weighted-average price of $5.65 per share.
 
During the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 approximately 1.6 million, 1.8 million and 2.5 million options were exercised at an aggregate intrinsic value of $1.3 million, $4.6 million and $4.5 million, respectively. The exercise intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value on the exercise date and the exercise price of the options. The closing market value as of May 29, 2009 was $4.32 per share as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of May 31, 2009 was $17.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and options exercisable were 3.4 and 2.6 years, respectively. The aggregate options outstanding and options exercisable intrinsic value is calculated for options that are in-the-money as the difference between the market value as of May 31, 2009 and the exercise price of the options.
 
Restricted Stock Awards.  Restricted stock awards activity was as follows (shares in thousands):
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Number of
    Average Grant-
 
    Shares     Date Fair Value  
 
Outstanding, May 31, 2006
    2,117     $ 4.07  
Granted
    2,380       4.45  
Vested
    (1,151 )     4.13  
Forfeited
    (943 )     4.30  
                 
Outstanding, May 31, 2007
    2,403       4.33  
Granted
    3,740       2.88  
Vested
    (1,051 )     4.33  
Forfeited
    (1,997 )     3.02  
                 
Outstanding, May 31, 2008
    3,095       3.43  
Granted
    325       2.28  
Vested
    (1,213 )     3.50  
Forfeited
    (748 )     3.75  
                 
Outstanding, May 31, 2009
    1,459     $ 2.94  
                 
 
During the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 approximately 1.2 million, 1.1 million and 1.2 million restricted awards with an aggregate fair value of $3.4 million, $3.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively, became vested. Total aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock awards outstanding as of May 31, 2009 was $6.3 million.


85


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units.  Restricted stock unit activity was as follows (shares in thousands):
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Number of
    Average Grant-
 
    Units and Shares     Date Fair Value  
 
Outstanding May 31, 2006
        $  
Granted
    4,356       4.36  
Vested
    (836 )     4.45  
Forfeited
    (409 )     4.45  
                 
Outstanding May 31, 2007
    3,111       4.32  
Granted
    5,738       3.46  
Vested
    (2,181 )     4.13  
Forfeited
    (924 )     4.01  
                 
Outstanding May 31, 2008
    5,744       3.59  
Granted
    5,402       2.38  
Vested
    (3,495 )     3.38  
Forfeited
    (1,490 )     3.05  
                 
Outstanding May 31, 2009
    6,161     $ 2.78  
 
During the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 approximately 3.5 million, 2.2 million and 0.8 million restricted awards with an aggregate fair value of $9.4 million, $7.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively, became vested. Total aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock units outstanding at May 31, 2009 was $26.6 million. Restricted stock units outstanding at May 31, 2009 had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 1.2 years. Total aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock units outstanding and expected to vest at May 31, 2009 was $20.0 million. Restricted stock units outstanding and expected to vest at May 31, 2009 had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 1.0 years.
 
2003 Stock Plan Description.  In September 2003, our stockholders approved the 2003 Stock Plan which replaced all previous stock plans and the shares available for future grants under those prior plans. The 2003 Stock Plan provides for the issuance of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights to eligible employees, consultants and directors. In accordance with the 2003 Stock Plan, stock options are generally granted at not less than fair market value, have a seven year term and vest over a period of two to four years. Additionally, restricted stock awards and units are generally granted at no cost to the recipient and vest over a period of two to four years. To date, we have not granted any stock appreciation rights under the plan. Upon approval of the 2003 Stock Plan, 20 million shares were reserved for issuance. In September 2005, our stockholders authorized an additional 30 million shares. In September 2008, our stockholders authorized an additional 23 million shares.
 
As of May 31, 2009, shares of common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding awards granted under the 2003 Stock Plan, our previous stock plans, and options assumed by us in connection with acquisitions were 34.5 million shares and there were 37.8 million shares reserved for future grants.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  We have an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) under which eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to ten percent of their compensation, as defined, to purchase common stock at a price of 85 percent of the lower of the fair market value as of the beginning or the end of the six-month offering period. In September 2008, our stockholders approved an increase of eight million shares available for issuance under the ESPP. We recognized $1.4 million of stock-based compensation expense in the year ended May 31, 2009. Shares issued under the plan in fiscal 2009 and 2008 were 1.7 million and 1.8 million, respectively. Employee stock purchases generally occur only in the quarters ended November 30 and May 31.


86


Table of Contents

Stock Reserved for Issuance.  As of May 31, 2009 we had reserved common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Stock option and restricted stock plans for granted shares
    34,522  
Stock option and restricted stock plans for future grants
    37,787  
Employee stock purchase plan
    8,029  
         
Total shares reserved for issuance
    80,338  
         
 
Preferred Shares Rights Plan.  In September 1989, the Board of Directors approved a common stock purchase rights plan, which was amended and restated in December 1994, and again in March 2001. In November 2002, the Board of Directors approved a Third Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights Plan (the Preferred Shares Rights Plan), which replaced the March 2001 Plan. In September 2007, the Board amended the Preferred Shares Rights Plan in connection with 3Com’s now-terminated proposed acquisition by an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners. The Preferred Shares Rights Plan provides that the preferred share rights (the Rights) will become exercisable only following the acquisition by a person or a group of 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock or ten days following the announcement of a tender or exchange offer for 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock (the Distribution Date). After the Distribution Date, each Right will entitle the holder to purchase for $55.00 (the Exercise Price), one-one thousandth of a share of our Series A Participating Preferred Stock (or cash, stock or other assets approved by the Board of Directors) with economic terms similar to that of one share of our common stock. Upon a person or a group acquiring 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock, each Right will allow the holder (other than the acquirer) to purchase common stock or securities of 3Com having a then current market value of two times the Exercise Price of the Right. In the event that following the acquisition of 15 percent of the common stock by an acquirer, we are acquired in a merger or other business combination or 50 percent or more of our assets or earning power is sold, each Right will entitle the holder to purchase for the Exercise Price, common stock or securities of the acquirer having a then current market value of two times the Exercise Price. In certain circumstances, the Rights may be redeemed by us at a redemption price of $0.001 per Right. If not earlier exchanged or redeemed, the Rights will expire on March 8, 2011.
 
Note 15:   Interest (Expense) Income and Other Income, Net
 
Interest (expense) income and other income, net, consists of (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Interest income
  $ 14,006     $ 2,683     $ 41,310  
Interest expense
    (19,569 )     (15,770 )     (447 )
                         
Interest (expense) income, net
  $ (5,563 )   $ (13,087 )   $ 40,863  
                         
Other income, net
  $ 52,200     $ 44,824     $ 39,434  
                         
 
Other income, net includes $51.1 million, $45.7 million and $30.6 million in fiscal year 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, of other income from our H3C subsidiary for an operating subsidy program by the Chinese VAT authorities in the form of a partial refund of VAT taxes collected by our H3C subsidiary from purchasers of products. The timing of the receipt, and the continuation of the program, are subject to the discretion of the Chinese VAT authorities. This program is scheduled to terminate on December 31, 2010. Other income also includes a gain from the insurance proceeds from our Hemel facility in fiscal 2007.


87


Table of Contents

Note 16:   Income Taxes
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $     $     $  
State
          (189 )     530  
Foreign
    42,512       3,231       19,640  
                         
Total current
    42,512       3,042       20,170  
Deferred
                       
Federal
                 
State
                 
Foreign
    (9,908 )     (5,945 )     (9,997 )
                         
Total deferred
    (9,908 )     (5,945 )     (9,997 )
                         
Total
  $ 32,604     $ (2,903 )   $ 10,173  
                         
 
The components of net deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    May 31, 2009     May 31, 2008  
 
Gross deferred tax assets:
               
Operating loss carryforwards
  $ 1,070,566     $ 1,061,779  
Amortization and depreciation
    39,356       40,722  
Tax credit carryforwards
    55,653       55,708  
Capital loss carryforwards
    8,769       13,541  
Reserves recognized in different periods for tax purposes
    70,381       64,413  
Royalty and purchased research and development
    2,988       3,639  
Other
    368       577  
                 
Gross deferred tax assets
    1,248,081       1,240,379  
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
               
PRC withholding tax
    (16,480 )      
Acquired intangibles
    (22,443 )     (38,427 )
Other
    (6,118 )      
                 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    (45,041 )     (38,427 )
Valuation allowance
    (1,205,032 )     (1,210,771 )
                 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (1,992 )   $ (8,819 )
                 
 
We have net operating loss carryforwards related to the following income tax jurisdictions and expiration periods: U.S. federal loss carryforwards of approximately $2.7 billion expiring between fiscal years 2017 and 2029; various state loss carryforwards of approximately $983 million expiring between 2010 and 2029 and various foreign loss carryforwards of $385.3 million with an unlimited carryforward period. We also have federal capital loss carryforwards of $31.7 million expiring between fiscal years 2010 and 2013 and foreign capital loss carryforwards of $24.9 million with an unlimited carryforward period; a U.S. federal research credit carryforward of $25.4 million expiring between 2013 and 2020; a U.S. federal foreign tax credit carryforward of $4.6 million expiring between 2010 and 2018; and a U.S. federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of $10.7 million that has an unlimited carryforward period.


88


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We have not provided valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets in China. The valuation allowance relates to net operating loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences outside of China for which we believe that realization is uncertain. The valuation allowance decreased $5.7 million in fiscal 2009, increased $273.7 million in fiscal 2008, and decreased $5.7 million in fiscal 2007. The total valuation allowance of $1,205.0 million includes $145.9 million attributable to the tax benefit of stock option deductions in excess of book deductions, which, if recognized, will be allocated directly to paid-in-capital. The remaining tax benefits, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate by $1,059.1 million.
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to income before taxes as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,
    2009   2008   2007
 
Tax computed at federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%
State income taxes, net of federal effect
          (0.6 )     17.1  
Foreign rate differential
    (7.4 )     (6.8 )     31.7  
H3C revaluation of deferred assets and liabilities
          2.6        
Valuation allowance
    (6.0 )     15.7       (3.1 )
Goodwill impairment
          23.9        
Non-deductible purchased in-process technology and merger-related charges
          (0.3 )     7.0  
Other
    0.5       (0.8 )     1.8  
                         
Total
    22.1 %     (1.3 )%     19.5 %
 
Profit before income taxes includes foreign income of $124.4 million in fiscal 2009, foreign income of $38.3 million in fiscal 2008, and foreign losses of $20.0 million in fiscal 2007. We have not provided deferred taxes on book basis differences related to certain foreign subsidiaries because such basis differences are not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future and we intend to reinvest indefinitely outside the U.S. These basis differences arose primarily through the undistributed book earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. The basis differences could be reversed through a sale of subsidiaries, the receipt of dividends from subsidiaries as well as certain other events or actions on our part, which could result in an increase in our provision for income taxes. It is not practicable to calculate the amount of such basis differences.
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), that clarifies the accounting and recognition for income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our tax returns. FIN 48 provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on June 2, 2007 which resulted in no adjustment to the beginning of the year retained earnings balance.
 
The aggregate changes in the balance of our gross unrecognized benefits during fiscal 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands).
 
                 
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Unrecognized benefits as of June 1, 2008 and 2007
  $ 18,136     $ 31,536  
Increases related to tax positions in prior periods
    305       896  
Decreases related to tax positions in prior periods
    (1,911 )     (3,469 )
Increases related to tax positions taken in the current period
    7,006       3,804  
Settlements with tax authorities
    (2,224 )     (13,866 )
Lapses of statute of limitations
    (511 )     (765 )
                 
Unrecognized benefits as of May 31, 2009 and 2008
  $ 20,801     $ 18,136  
                 


89


Table of Contents

In addition to the amounts above we had accrued interest of $2.4 million and $2.5 million at May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We recorded net interest expense related to these unrecognized benefits of $(0.1) million and $0.4 million in the years ended May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There were no penalties accrued as of May 31, 2009 or 2008.
 
As of May 31, 2009 and 2008 we had unrecognized tax benefits of $23.2 million and $18.2 million, respectively, including interest, if recognized, all of which would affect our effective tax rate. The unrecognized tax benefits and interest are recorded in deferred taxes and long-term obligations on the balance sheet.
 
We file a consolidated U.S. income tax return and tax returns in various state and local jurisdictions, and our subsidiaries file tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as China, the United Kingdom and Singapore, as well as the U.S. With some exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S., income tax examinations for years before 2005.
 
The significant exceptions are as follows. In Singapore we are subject to examination in relation to transfer pricing and other issues for fiscal years 2003 and 2004.
 
During fiscal 2009 we effectively settled the examination of a Hong Kong subsidiary’s returns for fiscal years 2000 to 2002, and also the examination of our Israel subsidiary’s returns for fiscal years 2004 to 2006. As a result of these settlements, we recognized previously unrecognized tax benefits of $1.4 million.
 
During fiscal 2008 we effectively settled the examination of a Singapore subsidiary’s returns for fiscal years 1999 to 2002, and also an examination of a Netherlands subsidiary’s return for fiscal year 1997. As a result of these settlements, we recognized previously unrecognized tax benefits totaling $13.2 million.
 
We estimate that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $5.8 million over the next twelve months as a result of the expiration of various statutes.
 
Note 17:   Net Income (Loss) per Share
 
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 114,725     $ (228,841 )   $ (88,589 )
                         
Determination of shares:
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding
    392,092       399,524       393,894  
Assumed conversion of dilutive stock options
    956              
Assumed conversion of dilutive restricted stock (awards and units)
    1,159              
                         
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    394,207       399,524       393,894  
                         
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.29     $ (0.57 )   $ (0.22 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.29     $ (0.57 )   $ (0.22 )
 
Employee stock options and restricted stock totaling 33.9 million shares in fiscal 2009 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as they were anti-dilutive. 52.8 million shares in fiscal 2008 and 57.8 million shares in fiscal 2007, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as the net loss for these periods would have made their effect anti-dilutive.
 
Note 18:   Segment Information
 
In the prior fiscal year we reported H3C, Data and Voice Business Unit (“DVBU”), TippingPoint Security Business (“TippingPoint”) and Corporate as segments. In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we realigned the


90


Table of Contents

manner in which we manage our business and internal reporting, and based on the information provided to our chief operating decision-maker (CODM) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance, we have two primary businesses, our Networking Business and TippingPoint Security Business. Accordingly, our previously reported segment information has been restated to reflect our new operating and reporting structure. Our Networking Business consists of the following sales regions as operating segments: China-based, Asia Pacific Region excluding China-based sales region (Japan and Hong Kong SAR) (APR), Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America (LAT), and North America (NA) regions. The APR, EMEA, LAT and NA operating segments have been aggregated given their similar economic characteristics, products, customers and processes, and have been consolidated as one reportable segment, “Rest of World”. The China-based sales region does not meet the aggregation criteria at this time.
 
The China-based and Rest of World reporting segments benefit from shared support services on a world-wide basis. The costs associated with providing these shared central functions are not allocated to the China-based and Rest of World reporting segments and instead are reported and disclosed under the caption “Central Functions”. Central Functions consist of indirect cost of sales, such as supply chain operations expenses, and centralized operating expenses, such as research and development, indirect sales and marketing, and general and administrative support.
 
Management evaluates the China-based sales region and the Rest of World sales region performance based on segment contribution profit. Segment contribution profit for these regions is defined as “gross profit” less segment direct sales and marketing expenses. “Gross profit” for these regions is defined as sales less standard cost of sales (which excludes certain indirect cost of goods sold, such as supply chain operations which are included in central functions). Our TippingPoint Security business segment is measured on segment profit (loss). This measure includes all operating costs except those items included in “Eliminations and Other”. Eliminations and other include intercompany sales eliminations, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, restructuring in all periods as well as purchase accounting inventory related adjustments, net patent sale and Realtek patent dispute resolution where applicable. Gross profit for the TippingPoint segment is defined as sales less cost of sales.
 
Summarized financial information of our results of operations by segment for the fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows.
 
                                                   
    May 31, 2009  
    Networking Business     TippingPoint
               
          Rest of
          Security
               
          World
          Business                
    China-Based
    Sales
    Central
    Tipping
    Eliminations/
         
    Sales Region     Region     Functions(a)     Point(b)     Other       Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Sales
  $ 727,939     $ 471,055     $     $ 124,864     $ (6,880 ) c   $ 1,316,978  
Gross profit
    486,888       273,706       (91,585 )     85,483       (3,028 ) d     751,464  
Direct sales & marketing expenses
    136,194       99,683             40,632       8,387   d     284,896  
                                                 
Segment contribution profit (loss)
    350,694       174,023       (91,585 )     44,851       (11,415 )       466,568  
Other operating expenses
                285,007       42,406       38,463   f     365,876  
                                                 
Segment income
  $     $     $     $ 2,445     $            
                                                 
Operating income
                                            $ 100,692  
                                                 
 


91


Table of Contents

                                                   
    May 31, 2008  
    Networking Business     TippingPoint
               
          Rest of
          Security
               
          World
          Business                
    China-Based
    Sales
    Central
    Tipping
    Eliminations/
         
    Sales Region     Region     Functions(a)     Point(b)     Other       Total  
 
Sales
  $ 647,718     $ 546,868     $     $ 104,101     $ (3,808 ) c   $ 1,294,879  
Gross profit
    407,382       306,556       (116,370 )     70,197       (13,310 ) d     654,455  
Direct sales & marketing expenses
    115,996       99,121             38,404       5,345   e     258,866  
                                                 
Segment contribution profit (loss)
    291,386       207,435       (116,370 )     31,793       (18,655 )       395,589  
Other operating expenses
                312,341       32,290       314,439   f     659,070  
                                                 
Segment profit
  $     $     $     $ (497 )   $            
                                                 
Operating loss
                                            $ (263,481 )
                                                 
 
                                                   
    May 31, 2007  
    Networking Business     TippingPoint
               
          Rest of
          Security
               
          World
          Business                
    China-Based
    Sales
    Central
    Tipping
    Eliminations/
         
    Sales Region     Region     Functions(a)     Point(b)     Other       Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Sales
  $ 634,649     $ 542,654     $     $ 90,178     $   c   $ 1,267,481  
Gross profit
    369,866       258,350       (102,712 )     60,307       (7,357 ) d     578,454  
Direct sales & marketing expenses
    111,487       92,809             35,012       5,756   e     245,064  
                                                 
Segment contribution profit (loss)
    258,379       165,541       (102,712 )     25,295       (13,113 )       333,390  
Other operating expenses
                284,046       35,738       146,127   f     465,911  
                                                 
Segment profit
  $     $     $     $ (10,443 )   $            
                                                 
Operating income
                                            $ (132,521 )
                                                 
 
 
a — Included in our Central Function results were depreciation expenses of $22.0 million, $31.6 million and $29.4 million for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
b — Included in our TippingPoint segment profit were depreciation expenses of $3.6 million, $2.8 million and $3.1 million for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
c — Represents eliminations from TippingPoint to Rest of World sales region for inter-segment revenue during the respective periods. Inter-segment sales are recorded at agreed upon transfer prices.
 
d — Represents costs not directly attributable to any operating business segment.
 
e — Includes stock based compensation in all periods plus purchase accounting inventory related adjustments as applicable.
 
f — Includes amortization and restructuring in all periods and stock-based compensation, patent dispute resolution, patent sales, acquisition related expenses, and goodwill impairment, as applicable.
 

92


Table of Contents

                 
Identifiable assets
  2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
China-based sales region(1)(2)
  $ 1,378,059     $ 1,276,832  
Rest of World sales region(1)
    875,788       908,944  
TippingPoint
    228,440       231,277  
Eliminations(3)
    (666,930 )     (641,923 )
                 
Total
  $ 1,815,357     $ 1,775,130  
                 
 
 
(1) Included in our identifiable assets for both our China-based sales region and Rest of World sales region are Central Function assets. We do no segregate these assets as the CODM does not review the segment assets in that manner.
 
(2) Our China-based sales region identifiable assets are the same as those held by our H3C subsidiary.
 
(3) The eliminations primarily relate to the Rest of World sales region investment in subsidiaries and intercompany transactions.
 
                 
Total Expenditures for Additions to Property and Equipment
  2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
China-based sales region(1)
  $ 6,144     $ 8,191  
Rest of World sales region(1)
    7,211       6,448  
TippingPoint
    3,232       3,254  
                 
Total
  $ 16,587     $ 17,893  
                 
 
 
(1) Included in our capital expenditures for both our China-based sales region and Rest of World sales region are Central Function expenditures for additions to property and equipment. We do no segregate these expenditures as the CODM does not review the segment in that manner.
 
Certain product groups accounted for a significant portion of our sales. Sales from these product groups as a percentage of total sales for the past three fiscal years were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Networking
  $ 1,061,802       80.6 %   $ 1,061,155       81.9 %   $ 1,043,524       82.3 %
Security
    163,941       12.5       133,445       10.3       120,053       9.5  
Services
    45,888       3.5       39,583       3.1       35,871       2.8  
Voice
    45,347       3.4       60,696       4.7       68,033       5.4  
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,316,978             $ 1,294,879             $ 1,267,481          
                                                 
 
Sales from significant customers as a percentage of total consolidated sales for the past three fiscal years were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,
Customer
  2009   2008   2007
 
Huawei Technologies Co. 
    17 %     17 %     20 %
Ingram Micro, Inc.(1)
    *     10 %     11 %
                         
Total
    17 %     27 %     31 %
                         
 
 
(1) — Customer did not meet the 10 percent threshold in fiscal 2009.
 
Huawei Technologies Co, Ltd. (a customer of our China-based sales region and the former minority shareholder of H3C) represented approximately 26 percent of our accounts receivable balance as of May 31, 2009, compared to 28 percent for the previous year. We expect a significant reduction in sales to Huawei

93


Table of Contents

Technologies, during fiscal year 2010. Ingram Micro, Inc (a customer of our Rest of World sales region) represented approximately 16 percent of our accounts receivable balance as of May 31, 2009, compared to 27 percent for the previous fiscal year.
 
Note 19:   Geographical Information
 
Sales by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Sales
                       
China
  $ 702,107     $ 609,498     $ 587,044  
Europe, Middle East, and Africa
    231,904       292,339       272,826  
North America
    192,353       202,205       233,691  
Asia Pacific excluding China
    101,979       106,820       103,501  
Latin and South America
    88,635       84,017       70,419  
                         
Total
    1,316,978     $ 1,294,879     $ 1,267,481  
                         
 
Sales information by geography is reported based on the customer’s designated delivery point, or in the case of our H3C subsidiary’s OEM customers, the OEM’s designated hub delivery location.
 
Property and equipment, net by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    May 31,
    May 31,
 
    2009     2008  
 
Property and equipment, net:
               
United States
  $ 18,450     $ 22,022  
United Kingdom
    5,104       8,008  
China
    12,588       20,436  
Other
    3,870       3,848  
                 
Total
  $ 40,012     $ 54,314  
                 
 
Property and equipment by geography is based on the physical location of the assets at the end of the fiscal year. As of May 31, 2009 and May 31, 2008, property and equipment in the United States, the United Kingdom and China exceeded ten percent of total property and equipment, as shown in the table above.
 
Note 20:   Employee Benefit Plan and EARP
 
We have adopted a plan known as the 3Com 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan) to provide retirement benefits to domestic employees. As allowed under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, the 401(k) Plan provides tax-deferred salary deductions for eligible employees. Participants may elect to contribute from one percent to 22 percent of their annual compensation to the 401(k) Plan each calendar year, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, the 401(k) Plan provides for company contributions as determined by the Board of Directors. We match 50 percent for each dollar on the first six percent of eligible annual compensation contributed by the employee. Employees become vested in our matching contributions according to a three-year vesting schedule based on initial date of hire. Matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan totaled $1.7 million in fiscal 2009, $1.8 million in fiscal 2008, and $1.9 million in fiscal 2007.
 
The closing of the acquisition of Huawei’s remaining interest in H3C in fiscal 2007 triggered a bonus program for substantially all of H3C’s approximately 4,800 employees. This program, which was implemented by Huawei and 3Com in a prior period, is called the Equity Appreciation Rights Plan, or EARP, and funds a bonus pool based upon a percentage of the appreciation in H3C’s value from the initiation of the program to the time of the closing of the acquisition. A portion of the program is based on cumulative earnings of H3C.


94


Table of Contents

The total value of the EARP is expected to be approximately $166 million. At May 31, 2007, $57 million of the change-in-control portion of the EARP and an additional $34 million for fiscal 2007 cumulative earnings was accrued for on the balance sheet and was paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. At May 31, 2009 we accrued $24.4 million for the fiscal 2009 cumulative earnings which is expected to be paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Our H3C subsidiary expects the unvested portion amounting to $14 million to be accrued in our H3C subsidiary’s operating results over the next year serving as a continued retention and incentive program for employees.
 
Note 21:   Litigation
 
We are a party to lawsuits in the normal course of our business. Litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and the outcome of claims against the Company described below are uncertain. We believe that we have meritorious defenses in the matters set forth below in which we are named as a defendant. An unfavorable resolution of the lawsuits in which we are defendants as described below, could adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flow. The Company does not believe that the ultimate disposition of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.
 
On December 5, 2001, TippingPoint and two of its current and former officers and directors, as well as the managing underwriters in TippingPoint’s initial public offering, were named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The lawsuit, which is part of a consolidated action that includes over 300 similar actions, is captioned In re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, Brian Levey vs. TippingPoint Technologies, Inc., et al. (Civil Action Number 01-CV-10976). The principal allegation in the lawsuit is that the defendants participated in a scheme to manipulate the initial public offering and subsequent market price of TippingPoint’s stock (and the stock of other public companies) by knowingly assisting the underwriters’ requirement that certain of their customers had to purchase stock in a specific initial public offering as a condition to being allocated shares in the initial public offerings of other companies. In relation to TippingPoint, the purported plaintiff class for the lawsuit is comprised of all persons who purchased TippingPoint stock from March 17, 2000 through December 6, 2000. The suit seeks rescission of the purchase prices paid by purchasers of shares of TippingPoint common stock. On September 10, 2002, TippingPoint’s counsel and counsel for the plaintiffs entered into an agreement pursuant to which the plaintiffs dismissed, without prejudice, TippingPoint’s former and current officers and directors from the lawsuit. In March 2009, TippingPoint signed a settlement agreement with the plaintiffs. On April 2, 2009, all the parties to the lawsuit (including all plaintiffs, issuers, and underwriters) filed settlement documents with the District Court. On June 10, 2009 the District Court issued its preliminary approval of the settlement and set a Settlement Fairness Hearing for September 10, 2009. The settlement, if approved by the District Court, will fully dispose of all claims at issue in this lawsuit. Any direct financial impact of the settlement is expected to be borne by TippingPoint’s insurers. The settlement remains subject to numerous conditions, including final approval by the District Court. If the settlement does not occur for any reason and the litigation against TippingPoint continues, we intend to defend this action vigorously, but cannot make any predictions about the outcome. To the extent necessary, we will seek indemnification and/or contribution from the underwriters in TippingPoint’s initial public offering pursuant to its underwriting agreement with the underwriters. However, there can be no assurance that indemnification or contribution will be available to TippingPoint or enforceable against the underwriters.
 
On December 22, 2006, Australia’s Commonwealth Scientific and Research Organization (CSIRO) filed suit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas (Tyler Division) against several manufacturers and suppliers of wireless products, including 3Com, seeking money damages and injunctive relief. CSIRO alleges that the manufacture, use, and sale of wireless products compliant with the IEEE 802.11(a), 802.11(g), or draft 802.11(n) wireless standards infringes on CSIRO’s patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,487,069. On March 9, 2007, 3Com filed its answer, denying infringement and claiming invalidity and unenforceability of the CSIRO patent, among other defenses. During trial in April 2009, CSIRO and 3Com reached agreement in principle on settlement terms. CSIRO and 3Com finalized the settlement agreement in June 2009 and the District Court dismissed the case with prejudice on July 6, 2009.


95


Table of Contents

On July 31, 2008, the Company filed a lawsuit in the Delaware Chancery Court against Diamond II Holdings, Inc., an entity controlled by affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LLC. The lawsuit seeks interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of the Merger Agreement and Plan of Merger by among 3Com, Diamond II Holdings, Inc., and Diamond II Acquisition Corp., dated as of September 28, 2007. The litigation is in furtherance of our efforts to enforce the provisions of the now-terminated Merger Agreement related to the termination fee. 3Com cannot assure you that it will be able to collect this fee.
 
Note 22:   Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal 2009   Fiscal 2008
    First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
    (In thousands, except per share data)
 
Sales
  $ 342,650     $ 354,562     $ 324,707     $ 295,059     $ 319,434     $ 317,801     $ 336,390     $ 321,254  
Gross profit
    189,627       199,792       185,829       176,216       148,936       152,120       179,674       173,725  
Gross profit margin%
    55.3 %     56.3 %     57.2 %     59.7 %     46.6 %     47.9 %     53.4 %     54.1 %
Operating income (loss)
    73,383 (1)     4,402       1,500       21,407 (2)     (25,687 )     (41,331 )     (6,066 )     (190,397 )(3)
Net income (loss)
    79,837 (1)     12,870       1,867       20,151 (2)     (18,654 )     (35,624 )     (7,840 )     (166,723 )(3)
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.03     $ 0.00     $ 0.05     $ (0.05 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.41 )
 
 
(1) During the first quarter of fiscal 2009 the Company recognized a gain of $70.0 million form a favorable patent dispute resolution.
 
(2) During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 the Company recognized a gain of $15.2 million from the sale of patents.
 
(3) During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $158.0 million in the TippingPoint reporting unit.
 
ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None
 
ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Our management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of May 29, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


96


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended May 29, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of May 29, 2009. Management’s evaluation was based on criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
 
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets;
 
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and
 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Based on the COSO criteria and our management’s evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of May 29, 2009.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of May 29, 2009. Deloitte & Touche LLP’s report for this audit appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Important Considerations
 
The effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting is subject to various inherent limitations, including cost limitations, judgments used in decision making, assumptions about the likelihood of future events, the soundness of our systems, the possibility of human error, and the risk of fraud. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and the risk that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate over time.


97


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
3Com Corporation
Marlborough, Massachusetts
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of 3Com Corporation and subsidiaries (3Com) as of May 29, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 3Com’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for their assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 3Com’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, 3Com maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of May 29, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules as of and for the year ended May 29, 2009 of 3Com and our report dated July 24, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedules.
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
July 24, 2009


98


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
None
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
(a)   Directors
 
Incorporated herein by reference is the information appearing under the caption “Nominees and Other Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Proxy Statement).
 
(b)   Executive Officers
 
Incorporated herein by reference is the information appearing under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item I of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
(c)   Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
 
Incorporated herein by reference is the information appearing under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement.
 
(d)   Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to all employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is available on our website at http://www.3com.com, complies with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 10 of Form 8-K, regarding an amendment to or waiver from our code of ethics, by posting the required information on our Internet website at http://www.3com.com and will send a paper copy to any stockholder who submits a request in writing to our Secretary.
 
(e)   Corporate Governance
 
Incorporated herein by reference is the information appearing under the caption “Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information required by Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the sections captioned “Executive Compensation”, “Employment, Severance and Change-of-Control Arrangements”, “Director Compensation”,” Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Compensation Committee Report” and “Corporate Governance/Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The information required by Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information appearing under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement.


99


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The information required by Item 13 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the sections captioned “Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information required by Item 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) (1) Financial Statements — See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules at page 56 of this Form 10-K.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedules — See Financial Statement Schedules at page 107 of this Form 10-K.
 
(3) Exhibits — See Exhibit Index at page 100 of this Form 10-K.
 
(b) See Exhibit Index at page 100 of this Form 10-K.
 
(c) See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules at page 56 of this Form 10-K.
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  2 .1   Master Separation and Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Palm, Inc. effective as of December 13, 1999   10-Q   002-92053     2 .1   4/4/00    
  2 .2   Indemnification and Insurance Matters Agreement between the Registrant and Palm, Inc.    10-Q   002-92053     2 .11   4/4/00    
  2 .3   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 13, 2004, by and among the Registrant, Topaz Acquisition Corporation and TippingPoint Technologies, Inc.    8-K   000-12867     2 .1   12/16/04    
  2 .4   Securities Purchase Agreement by and among 3Com Corporation, 3Com Technologies, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Huawei Investment & Holding Co., Ltd., dated as of October 28, 2005   8-K/A   000-12867     2 .1   3/30/06    
  2 .5   Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Shenzhen Huawei Investment & Holding Co., Ltd. and 3Com Technologies, dated as of December 22, 2006   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   12/27/06    
  2 .6   Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Diamond II Holdings, Inc., Diamond II Acquisition Corp. and 3Com Corporation, dated as of September 28, 2007   8-K/A   000-12867     2 .1   9/28/07    


100


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  3 .1   Corrected Certificate of Merger filed to correct an error in the Certificate of Merger   10-Q   002-92053     3 .4   10/8/99    
  3 .2   Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended on December 10, 2008   8-K   000-12867     3 .1   12/16/08    
  3 .3   Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock   10-Q   000-12867     3 .6   10/11/01    
  4 .1   Third Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2002 (“Rights Plan”)   8-A/A   000-12867     4 .1   11/27/02    
  4 .2   Amendment No. 1 to Rights Plan, dated as of September 28, 2007   8-K/A   000-12867     4 .1   9/28/07    
  10 .1   3Com Corporation 1983 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective September 30, 2001*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .1   1/11/02    
  10 .2   Amended and Restated 3Com Corporation 1984 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, approved by stockholders on September 24, 2008*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   9/24/08    
  10 .3   3Com Corporation Director Stock Option Plan, as amended*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .4   10/10/03    
  10 .4   3Com Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective April 30, 2002*   10-K   000-12867     10 .7   8/2/02    
  10 .5   3Com Corporation 2003 Stock Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   1/6/09    
  10 .6   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2003 Stock Plan (Non-Employee Directors)   10-K   000-12867     10 .7   8/5/05    
  10 .7   Form of Stock Option Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   12/18/08    
  10 .8   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   12/18/08    
  10 .9   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .3   12/18/08    
  10 .10   Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .4   12/18/08    
  10 .11   Form of Stand Alone Restricted Stock Agreement*   S-8   333-153662     10 .3   9/24/08    
  10 .12   Form of Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement*   S-8   333-153662     10 .4   9/24/08    
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, signed on July 20, 2009 and effective as of April 27, 2009, by and between Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. and Dr. Shusheng Zheng*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   7/20/09    
  10 .14   Offer Letter dated May 9, 2007 between the Registrant and Jay Zager*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   5/10/07    
  10 .15   Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement dated July 3, 2007 by and between Jay Zager and 3Com Corporation*   S-8   333-144322     10 .2   7/3/07    
  10 .16   Stand Alone Restricted Stock Agreement dated July 3, 2007 by and between Jay Zager and 3Com Corporation*   S-8   333-144322     10 .3   7/3/07    
  10 .17   Offer Letter dated September 12, 2003 between the Registrant and Neal D. Goldman*   10-K   000-12867     10 .17   8/11/06    

101


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .18   Robert Y. L. Mao Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2006, between the registrant and Robert Y. L. Mao*   10-K   000-12867     10 .29   7/31/07    
  10 .19   Robert Y. L. Mao Employment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the registrant and Robert Y. L. Mao*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   4/30/08    
  10 .20   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009 — Robert Y. L. Mao*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .8   4/08/09    
  10 .21   Ronald A. Sege Employment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the registrant and Ronald A. Sege*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   4/30/08    
  10 .22   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009 — Ronald A. Sege*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .9   4/08/09    
  10 .23   Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement dated May 6, 2008 by and between Ronald A. Sege and 3Com Corporation*   10-K   000-12867     10 .32   7/25/08    
  10 .24   Stand Alone Restricted Stock Agreement dated May 6, 2008 by and between Ronald A. Sege and 3Com Corporation*   10-K   000-12867     10 .33   7/25/08    
  10 .25   Summary of Equity Appreciation Rights Plan (H3C Technologies)*   10-K   000-12867     10 .31   7/31/07    
  10 .26   3Com Corporation Section 16 Officer Severance Plan, Amended & Restated effective as of January 15, 2009*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .7   4/08/09    
  10 .27   Form of Severance Benefits Agreement between the Registrant and each of the officers named in our proxy statement (other than Messrs. Mao and Sege)*   8-K   000-12867     10 .3   4/4/06    
  10 .28   Form of First Amendment to Severance Benefit Agreement*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .10   4/08/09    
  10 .29   Form of Second Amendment to Severance Benefit Agreement*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .11   4/08/09    
  10 .30   Form of Management Retention Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Goldman*   10-K   000-12867     10 .15   8/5/05    
  10 .31   Form of First Amendment to Management Retention Agreement — Mr. Goldman*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .12   4/08/09    
  10 .32   Form of Management Retention Agreement between the Registrant and Messrs. Zheng and Zager and future executive officers*   10-K   000-12867     10 .36   7/31/07    
  10 .33   Form of First Amendment to Management Retention Agreement — Messrs. Zheng, Zager and future executive officers*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .13   4/08/09    
  10 .34   Form of Second Amendment to Management Retention Agreement — Messrs. Zheng and Zager and future executive officers*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .14   4/08/09    
  10 .35   3Com Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, Amended & Restated effective as of January 1, 2009*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .6   4/8/09    
  10 .36   3Bonus Plan for Executive Officers*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   7/13/09    

102


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .37   Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors   S-3/A   333-102591     10 .1   4/9/03    
  10 .38   Amended and Restated Office Lease made and entered into as of the 1st day of June, 2009, by and between Bel Marlborough I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at c/o Eaton Vance Management, 2 International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 as landlord and 3Com Corporation, a Delaware corporation having an office at 350 Campus Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 as tenant   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   6/10/09    
  10 .39   Hangzhou Manufacture Base Tenancy Agreement for No. 310 Liuhe Road, Binjiang District, Hangzhou, Zhejiang, China, effective January 1, 2009, by and between Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., as landlord, and Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd., as tenant   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   1/6/09    
  10 .40   Agreement dated and effective as of July 11, 2008 by and between 3Com Corporation and Realtek Semiconductor Corp.    10-Q   000-12867     10 .4   10/07/08    
  10 .41   Gigabit Technology License Agreement dated and effective as of July 11, 2008 by and between 3Com Corporation, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation and Amber Universal Inc.    10-Q   000-12867     10 .5   10/07/08    
  10 .42   Parallel Tasking Technology License Agreement dated and effective as of July 11, 2008 by and between 3Com Corporation, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation and Leading Enterprises Limited   10-Q   000-12867     10 .6   10/07/08    
  10 .43   Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Shenzhen Huawei Investment & Holding Co. Ltd., 3Com Technologies and Huawei-3Com Co., Ltd. (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”) dated as of November 15, 2003 (Certain Portions Omitted; Confidential Treatment Requested)   10-K   000-12867     10 .33   8/11/06    
  10 .44   Amendment No. 1 to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of July 31, 2004 (Certain Potions Omitted; Confidential Treatment Received)   10-K   000-12867     10 .34   8/11/06    
  10 .45   Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of January 27, 2006 (Certain Portions Omitted; Confidential Treatment Received)   10-K   000-12867     10 .35   8/11/06    
  10 .46   Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 22, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Borrower, 3Com Corporation, 3Com Holdings Limited and 3Com Technologies, as Holdco Guarantors, various Lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   3/23/07    

103


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .47   Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 and effective as of May 31, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Borrower, 3Com Corporation, 3Com Holdings Limited and 3Com Technologies, as Holdco Guarantors, H3C Technologies Co., Limited, as Guarantor, various Lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent (the “A&R Credit Agreement”)   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   5/25/07    
  10 .48   First Amendment to A&R Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2008   10-K   000-12867     10 .54   7/25/08    
  10 .49   Borrower Share Charge dated March 22, 2007 among 3Com Technologies, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .53   7/31/07    
  10 .50   Borrower Fixed and Floating Charge dated March 22, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .54   7/31/07    
  10 .51   Borrower Charge Over Bank Accounts dated March 22, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .55   7/31/07    
  10 .52   H3C Fixed and Floating Charge dated April 3, 2007 among Huawei-3Com Co., Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .56   7/31/07    
  10 .53   H3C Share Mortgage dated March 30, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Mortgagor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .57   7/31/07    
  10 .54   H3C Equitable Share Charge dated March 29, 2007 among 3Com Technologies, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .58   7/31/07    
  10 .55   Deed of Charge in relation to the 100% equity interests in WFOE dated April 3, 2007 among Huawei-3Com Co., Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .59   7/31/07    
  10 .56   Deed of Charge in relation to the 100% equity interests in Queenhive dated April 3, 2007 among Huawei-3Com Co., Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .60   7/31/07    
  10 .57   Deed of Release made March 30, 2007 by Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent, in favour of 3Com Technologies   10-K   000-12867     10 .61   7/31/07    

104


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Registrant                       X
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Deloitte & Touche LLP                       X
  31 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer                       X
  31 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer                       X
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
 
 
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

105


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 24th day of July, 2009.
 
3COM CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
  By 
/s/  Robert Y. L. Mao
Robert Y. L. Mao
Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 24th day of July, 2009.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  ROBERT Y. L. MAO

(Robert Y. L. Mao)
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  JAY ZAGER

(Jay Zager)
  Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  ERIC A. BENHAMOU

(Eric A. Benhamou)
  Chairman of the Board
     
/s/  KATHLEEN A. COTE

(Kathleen A. Cote)
  Director
     
/s/  GARY T. DICAMILLO

(Gary T. DiCamillo)
  Director
     
/s/  DAVID HO

(David Ho)
  Director
     
/s/  JAMES R. LONG

(James R. Long)
  Director
     
/s/  RONALD A. SEGE

(Ronald A. Sege)
  President and Chief Operating Officer and Director
     
/s/  DOMINIQUE TREMPONT

(Dominique Trempont)
  Director


106


Table of Contents

 
SCHEDULE 1 — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
3COM CORPORATION
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Sales:
                       
External
  $ 199,973     $ 263,801     $ 301,937  
Intercompany
    16,311       31,424       41,387  
                         
Total Sales
    216,284       295,225       343,324  
                         
Cost of sales
    151,034       204,384       216,402  
                         
Gross profit
    65,250       90,841       126,922  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Sales and marketing
    76,110       93,959       108,467  
Research and development
    19,631       49,604       74,102  
General and administrative
    41,206       63,784       40,966  
Amortization
          9,551       14,297  
Patent dispute resolution and patent sale
    (85,200 )            
In-process research and development
                1,700  
Intercompany charges, net
    (20,105 )     (15,177 )     (36,648 )
Restructuring charges (credits)
    4,170       750       (12,345 )
                         
Total operating expenses
    35,812       202,471       190,539  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    29,438       (111,630 )     (63,617 )
Interest income, net
    1,818       6,754       26,322  
Intercompany interest income, net
    825       3,035       3,490  
Other income (loss), net
    853       5,447       (566 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries
    32,934       (96,394 )     (34,371 )
Income tax benefit (provision)
    123       381       (98 )
Equity in income (loss) of subsidiaries, net of tax
    81,668       (132,828 )     (54,120 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 114,725     $ (228,841 )   $ (88,589 )
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


107


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION
PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    May 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 71,808     $ 106,232  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,014 and $8,239, respectively
    32,319       26,629  
Intercompany receivables
    105,090       91,163  
Inventories
    12,425       10,704  
Other current assets
    3,349       3,334  
                 
Total current assets
    224,991       238,062  
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization of $50,222 and $71,209, respectively
    12,128       14,713  
Deposits and other assets
    15,130       13,952  
Intercompany loans receivable
    1,796       53,416  
Investment in subsidiaries
    1,278,995       1,101,885  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,533,040     $ 1,422,028  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 24,239     $ 27,737  
Intercompany payables
    124,358       114,195  
Accrued liabilities and other
    31,676       46,476  
                 
Total current liabilities
    180,273       188,408  
Long-term obligations
    532       487  
Intercompany loans payable
    240,060       237,831  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; none outstanding
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 990,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding: 389,284 and 405,656, respectively
    2,336,961       2,353,688  
Retained deficit
    (1,290,522 )     (1,405,247 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    65,736       46,861  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,112,175       995,302  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,533,040     $ 1,422,028  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


108


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                 
                                        Accumulated
       
    Common
    Treasury
    Unamortized
          Other
       
    Stock     Stock     Stock-Based
    Retained
    Comprehensive
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Compensation     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balances, May 31, 2006
    393,442     $ 2,300,396           $     $ (7,565 )   $ (1,087,512 )   $ (2,957 )   $ 1,202,362  
Elimination of unamortized stock-based Compensation
            (7,565 )                     7,565                        
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                                               
Net loss
                                            (88,589 )             (88,589 )
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                                                    2,147       2,147  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                            (86,442 )
Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries
                                                    5,159       5,159  
Repurchase of common stock
    (2,359 )     (9,041 )     (870 )     (4,259 )             (163 )             (13,463 )
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of cancellations
    7,981       19,471       870       4,259               (142 )             23,588  
Stock-based compensation expense
            20,095                                               20,095  
                                                                 
Balances, May 31, 2007
    399,064     $ 2,323,356           $     $     $ (1,176,406 )   $ 4,349     $ 1,151,299  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                                               
Net loss
                                            (228,841 )             (228,841 )
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                                                    (28 )     (28 )
                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                            (228,869 )
Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries
                                                    42,540       42,540  
Repurchase of common stock
    (952 )     (3,180 )                                             (3,180 )
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of cancellations
    7,544       8,305                                               8,305  
Stock-based compensation expense
            25,207                                               25,207  
                                                                 
Balances, May 31, 2008
    405,656     $ 2,353,688           $     $     $ (1,405,247 )   $ 46,861     $ 995,302  
Components of comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net Income
                                            114,725               114,725  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            114,725  
Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries
                                                    18,875       18,875  
Repurchase of common stock
    (22,699 )     (53,378 )                                             (53,378 )
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of cancellations
    6,327       6,571                                               6,571  
Stock-based compensation expense
            30,080                                               30,080  
                                                                 
Balances, May 31, 2009
    389,284     $ 2,336,961           $     $     $ (1,290,522 )   $ 65,736     $ 1,112,175  
                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


109


Table of Contents

3COM CORPORATION,
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Years Ended May 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 114,725     $ (228,841 )   $ (88,589 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3,994       18,548       19,731  
(Gain) loss on property and equipment disposals and patent sale
    (15,103 )     469       907  
Stock-based compensation expense
    23,954       25,207       20,095  
Loss on investments, net
          155       912  
In-process research and development
                1,700  
Equity interest in (income) loss of subsidiaries
    (81,668 )     132,828       54,120  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (5,690 )     1,409       (10,836 )
Intercompany, net
    (3,764 )     (11,249 )     25,805  
Inventories
    (1,721 )     4,559       (5,454 )
Other assets
    (1,193 )     6,089       2,080  
Accounts payable
    (3,498 )     (13,092 )     (2,660 )
Other liabilities
    (14,404 )     9,003       (16,253 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    15,632       (54,915 )     1,558  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of investments
                (225,005 )
Proceeds from maturities and sales of investments
                590,840  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (2,448 )     (6,796 )     (11,356 )
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions, net of cash acquired
                (7,830 )
Investments in subsidiaries
    (69,877 )     (329 )     (472,000 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
                16,097  
Proceeds from sale of patents, net of $1.8 million fee
    15,200              
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (57,125 )     (7,125 )     (109,254 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Issuances of common stock
    6,568       8,305       23,588  
Repurchases of common stock
    (53,348 )     (3,180 )     (13,463 )
Intercompany borrowings, net
    53,849       (2,557 )     (6,180 )
Other, net
                2,806  
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    7,069       2,568       6,751  
                         
Net change in cash and equivalents during year
    (34,424 )     (59,472 )     (100,945 )
                         
Cash and equivalents, beginning of year
    106,232       165,704       266,649  
                         
Cash and equivalents, end of year
  $ 71,808     $ 106,232     $ 165,704  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


110


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1:   Basis of Presentation
 
The financial statements for 3Com Corporation (Parent Company) summarize the results of operations and cash flows of the Parent Company for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the financial position as of May 31, 2009 and 2008. The Parent Company includes the operating activities of the Company’s Americas operations, corporate expenses, and stock-based compensation expenses. The results of the Company’s Americas operations of its TippingPoint segment were included in the Parent Company for the year ended May 31, 2007 and for a portion of the year ended May 31, 2008 through January 25, 2008 when the net assets of TippingPoint were contributed to a separate legal entity. These net assets totalling approximately $345 million were contributed to TippingPoint on a non-cash basis with a corresponding increase in our investment in subsidiaries.
 
In these statements, the Company’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date the Company began consolidating them (“date of acquisition”). The Company’s share of net income (loss) of its subsidiaries is included in net income (loss) using the equity method. The Parent-Company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of 3Com Corporation for the corresponding fiscal years.
 
Under the terms of agreements governing indebtedness of H3C Holdings Limited & Subsidiaries (“The H3C Group”), a subsidiary of 3Com Corporation (the “Company”), such subsidiaries are significantly restricted from making dividend payments, loans or advances to the Company. These restrictions have resulted in the restricted net assets (as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) of the Company’s subsidiaries exceeding 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
Note 2:   Dividends Received From Subsidiaries
 
During the year ended May 31, 2009, the Parent Company received $1.3 million in cash dividends from a subsidiary. During the years ended May 31, 2008 and 2007, no dividends were paid to the Parent Company by its subsidiaries.
 
Note 3:   Long-Term Debt
 
3Com Corporation has no direct outstanding debt obligations, but its H3C subsidiary does. For a discussion of the debt obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries, see Note 12 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 4:   Commitments
 
The Parent Company provides collateral for standby letters of credit, guarantees and similar arrangements generally given to support commercial transactions and government tax requirements. As of May 31, 2009, these facilities were backed by cash collateral of $6.6 million provided to the respective banks.
 
The Parent Company leases certain of our facilities under operating leases. As of May 31, 2009 the leases expired through November 2009, and certain leases have renewal options with rentals based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index or the fair market value of the property.
 
Future operating lease commitments net of future rental income as of May 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Fiscal Year
  Future Lease Payments  
 
2010
  $ 398  
         
Total
  $ 398  
         
 
On June 8, 2009, 3Com renewed the lease for its headquarters building at 350 Campus Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts (the “Lease”). The Lease is for a ten-year, two month term from June 1, 2009 through and including July 31, 2019 and covers space totaling approximately 132,798 rentable square feet. The total cash obligation over the term is approximately $30.8 million. 3Com has the option to extend the lease and a one-time option to terminate the Lease in exchange for an early termination fee. The facility will continue to be used for headquarters functions, as well as general administrative office uses and activities such as research and development and sales and training.


111


Table of Contents

 
SCHEDULE II
 
3Com Corporation
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
For the Years Ended May 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009
 
                                         
        Additions
           
    Balance at
  Charged to
          Balance at
    Beginning of
  Costs and
          End of
Description
  Period   Expenses   Other   Deductions   Period
    (In thousands)
 
Year ended May 31, 2007:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 16,422     $ (586 )   $     $ 544 (A)   $ 15,292  
Allowance for product returns
    8,692       13,963             16,614       6,041  
Accrued product warranty
    41,791       46,406             47,601       40,596  
Year ended May 31, 2008:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 15,292     $ (2,234 )   $     $ 805 (A)   $ 12,253  
Allowance for product returns
    6,041       12,965             14,388       4,618  
Accrued product warranty
    40,596       33,989             37,688       36,897  
Year ended May 31, 2009:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 12,253     $ (2,604 )   $     $ (4 )(A)   $ 9,645  
Allowance for product returns
    4,618       11,909             12,322       4,205  
Accrued product warranty
    36,897       23,935             31,245       29,587  
 
 
(A) Accounts written off — net of recoveries


112


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  2 .1   Master Separation and Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Palm, Inc. effective as of December 13, 1999   10-Q   002-92053     2 .1   4/4/00    
  2 .2   Indemnification and Insurance Matters Agreement between the Registrant and Palm, Inc.    10-Q   002-92053     2 .11   4/4/00    
  2 .3   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 13, 2004, by and among the Registrant, Topaz Acquisition Corporation and TippingPoint Technologies, Inc.    8-K   000-12867     2 .1   12/16/04    
  2 .4   Securities Purchase Agreement by and among 3Com Corporation, 3Com Technologies, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Huawei Investment & Holding Co., Ltd., dated as of October 28, 2005   8-K/A   000-12867     2 .1   3/30/06    
  2 .5   Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Shenzhen Huawei Investment & Holding Co., Ltd. and 3Com Technologies, dated as of December 22, 2006   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   12/27/06    
  2 .6   Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Diamond II Holdings, Inc., Diamond II Acquisition Corp. and 3Com Corporation, dated as of September 28, 2007   8-K/A   000-12867     2 .1   9/28/07    
  3 .1   Corrected Certificate of Merger filed to correct an error in the Certificate of Merger   10-Q   002-92053     3 .4   10/8/99    
  3 .2   Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended on December 10, 2008   8-K   000-12867     3 .1   12/16/08    
  3 .3   Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock   10-Q   000-12867     3 .6   10/11/01    
  4 .1   Third Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2002 (“Rights Plan”)   8-A/A   000-12867     4 .1   11/27/02    
  4 .2   Amendment No. 1 to Rights Plan, dated as of September 28, 2007   8-K/A   000-12867     4 .1   9/28/07    
  10 .1   3Com Corporation 1983 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective September 30, 2001*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .1   1/11/02    
  10 .2   Amended and Restated 3Com Corporation 1984 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, approved by stockholders on September 24, 2008*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   9/24/08    
  10 .3   3Com Corporation Director Stock Option Plan, as amended*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .4   10/10/03    
  10 .4   3Com Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective April 30, 2002*   10-K   000-12867     10 .7   8/2/02    
  10 .5   3Com Corporation 2003 Stock Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   1/6/09    
  10 .6   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2003 Stock Plan (Non-Employee Directors)   10-K   000-12867     10 .7   8/5/05    


113


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .7   Form of Stock Option Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   12/18/08    
  10 .8   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   12/18/08    
  10 .9   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .3   12/18/08    
  10 .10   Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement — 2003 Stock Plan*   8-K   000-12867     10 .4   12/18/08    
  10 .11   Form of Stand Alone Restricted Stock Agreement*   S-8   333-153662     10 .3   9/24/08    
  10 .12   Form of Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement*   S-8   333-153662     10 .4   9/24/08    
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, signed on July 20, 2009 and effective as of April 27, 2009, by and between Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. and Dr. Shusheng Zheng*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   7/20/09    
  10 .14   Offer Letter dated May 9, 2007 between the Registrant and Jay Zager*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   5/10/07    
  10 .15   Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement dated July 3, 2007 by and between Jay Zager and 3Com Corporation*   S-8   333-144322     10 .2   7/3/07    
  10 .16   Stand Alone Restricted Stock Agreement dated July 3, 2007 by and between Jay Zager and 3Com Corporation*   S-8   333-144322     10 .3   7/3/07    
  10 .17   Offer Letter dated September 12, 2003 between the Registrant and Neal D. Goldman*   10-K   000-12867     10 .17   8/11/06    
  10 .18   Robert Y. L. Mao Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2006, between the registrant and Robert Y. L. Mao*   10-K   000-12867     10 .29   7/31/07    
  10 .19   Robert Y. L. Mao Employment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the registrant and Robert Y. L. Mao*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   4/30/08    
  10 .20   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009 — Robert Y. L. Mao*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .8   4/08/09    
  10 .21   Ronald A. Sege Employment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the registrant and Ronald A. Sege*   8-K   000-12867     10 .2   4/30/08    
  10 .22   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009 — Ronald A. Sege*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .9   4/08/09    
  10 .23   Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement dated May 6, 2008 by and between Ronald A. Sege and 3Com Corporation*   10-K   000-12867     10 .32   7/25/08    
  10 .24   Stand Alone Restricted Stock Agreement dated May 6, 2008 by and between Ronald A. Sege and 3Com Corporation*   10-K   000-12867     10 .33   7/25/08    
  10 .25   Summary of Equity Appreciation Rights Plan (H3C Technologies)*   10-K   000-12867     10 .31   7/31/07    
  10 .26   3Com Corporation Section 16 Officer Severance Plan, Amended & Restated effective as of January 15, 2009*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .7   4/08/09    

114


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .27   Form of Severance Benefits Agreement between the Registrant and each of the officers named in our proxy statement (other than Messrs. Mao and Sege)*   8-K   000-12867     10 .3   4/4/06    
  10 .28   Form of First Amendment to Severance Benefit Agreement*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .10   4/08/09    
  10 .29   Form of Second Amendment to Severance Benefit Agreement*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .11   4/08/09    
  10 .30   Form of Management Retention Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Goldman*   10-K   000-12867     10 .15   8/5/05    
  10 .31   Form of First Amendment to Management Retention Agreement — Mr. Goldman*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .12   4/08/09    
  10 .32   Form of Management Retention Agreement between the Registrant and Messrs. Zheng and Zager and future executive officers*   10-K   000-12867     10 .36   7/31/07    
  10 .33   Form of First Amendment to Management Retention Agreement — Messrs. Zheng, Zager and future executive officers*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .13   4/08/09    
  10 .34   Form of Second Amendment to Management Retention Agreement — Messrs. Zheng and Zager and future executive officers*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .14   4/08/09    
  10 .35   3Com Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, Amended & Restated effective as of January 1, 2009*   10-Q   000-12867     10 .6   4/8/09    
  10 .36   3Bonus Plan for Executive Officers*   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   7/13/09    
  10 .37   Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors   S-3/A   333-102591     10 .1   4/9/03    
  10 .38   Amended and Restated Office Lease made and entered into as of the 1st day of June, 2009, by and between Bel Marlborough I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at c/o Eaton Vance Management, 2 International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 as landlord and 3Com Corporation, a Delaware corporation having an office at 350 Campus Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 as tenant   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   6/10/09    
  10 .39   Hangzhou Manufacture Base Tenancy Agreement for No. 310 Liuhe Road, Binjiang District, Hangzhou, Zhejiang, China, effective January 1, 2009, by and between Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., as landlord, and Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd., as tenant   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   1/6/09    
  10 .40   Agreement dated and effective as of July 11, 2008 by and between 3Com Corporation and Realtek Semiconductor Corp.    10-Q   000-12867     10 .4   10/07/08    
  10 .41   Gigabit Technology License Agreement dated and effective as of July 11, 2008 by and between 3Com Corporation, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation and Amber Universal Inc.    10-Q   000-12867     10 .5   10/07/08    

115


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .42   Parallel Tasking Technology License Agreement dated and effective as of July 11, 2008 by and between 3Com Corporation, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation and Leading Enterprises Limited   10-Q   000-12867     10 .6   10/07/08    
  10 .43   Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Shenzhen Huawei Investment & Holding Co. Ltd., 3Com Technologies and Huawei-3Com Co., Ltd. (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”) dated as of November 15, 2003 (Certain Portions Omitted; Confidential Treatment Requested)   10-K   000-12867     10 .33   8/11/06    
  10 .44   Amendment No. 1 to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of July 31, 2004 (Certain Potions Omitted; Confidential Treatment Received)   10-K   000-12867     10 .34   8/11/06    
  10 .45   Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of January 27, 2006 (Certain Portions Omitted; Confidential Treatment Received)   10-K   000-12867     10 .35   8/11/06    
  10 .46   Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 22, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Borrower, 3Com Corporation, 3Com Holdings Limited and 3Com Technologies, as Holdco Guarantors, various Lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   3/23/07    
  10 .47   Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 and effective as of May 31, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Borrower, 3Com Corporation, 3Com Holdings Limited and 3Com Technologies, as Holdco Guarantors, H3C Technologies Co., Limited, as Guarantor, various Lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent (the “A&R Credit Agreement”)   8-K   000-12867     10 .1   5/25/07    
  10 .48   First Amendment to A&R Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2008   10-K   000-12867     10 .54   7/25/08    
  10 .49   Borrower Share Charge dated March 22, 2007 among 3Com Technologies, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .53   7/31/07    
  10 .50   Borrower Fixed and Floating Charge dated March 22, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .54   7/31/07    
  10 .51   Borrower Charge Over Bank Accounts dated March 22, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .55   7/31/07    

116


Table of Contents

                                 
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .52   H3C Fixed and Floating Charge dated April 3, 2007 among Huawei-3Com Co., Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .56   7/31/07    
  10 .53   H3C Share Mortgage dated March 30, 2007 among H3C Holdings Limited, as Mortgagor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .57   7/31/07    
  10 .54   H3C Equitable Share Charge dated March 29, 2007 among 3Com Technologies, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .58   7/31/07    
  10 .55   Deed of Charge in relation to the 100% equity interests in WFOE dated April 3, 2007 among Huawei-3Com Co., Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .59   7/31/07    
  10 .56   Deed of Charge in relation to the 100% equity interests in Queenhive dated April 3, 2007 among Huawei-3Com Co., Limited, as Chargor, and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent   10-K   000-12867     10 .60   7/31/07    
  10 .57   Deed of Release made March 30, 2007 by Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited, as Collateral Agent, in favour of 3Com Technologies   10-K   000-12867     10 .61   7/31/07    
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Registrant                       X
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Deloitte & Touche LLP                       X
  31 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer                       X
  31 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer                       X
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
 
 
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

117